Upload
kerine-heron
View
19
Download
1
Tags:
Embed Size (px)
DESCRIPTION
Football Coaching Session by PASS
Citation preview
Training programDate : 08/08/2007
Theme of the program : No theme
Type : Seasonal of 24 sessions (2 per week)
Number of sessions per week : 2
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Comments :
Session 1 : First touch on ball on the ground
Session 2 : First touch on ball on the ground
Session 3 : First touch on ball on the ground
Session 4 : First touch on air ball
Session 5 : First touch on air ball
Session 6 : First touch on air ball
Session 7 : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session 8 : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session 9 : No printed
Session 10 : No printed
Session 11 : No printed
Session 12 : No printed
Session 13 : No printed
Session 14 : No printed
Session 15 : No printed
Session 16 : No printed
Session 17 : No printed
Session 18 : No printed
Session 19 : No printed
Session 20 : No printed
Session 21 : No printed
Session 22 : No printed
Session 23 : No printed
Session 24 : No printed
1 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 1 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1026 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2007 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3002 / 90 degree turn3006 / 90 degrees control3005 / 90 degrees control
10 min15 min20 min
Match : 5004 / Controls 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
2 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 1 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1026
The touch 15 min
The touch
Controlling an air ball
Improving the touch
Balance
Coordination
Equipment: balls, cones.
Juggling relay:
Groups of 3 players with one ball pergroup.Team race relay.A juggles through the slalom and passesto B; B juggles through the slalom in theother way and passes to C; etc.If the ball falls, the player restarts at thespot where the ball has fallen.
Variations:
- restarting from the beginning if the ballfalls- going around each cone
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 1 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2007
Speed 10 min
Speed
Vivacity
Speed agility
Speed
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Duel for the ball:
Have 2 teams of players. 5 yards spacesbetween cones.At the sonorous signal, players sprinttouching each cone of the slalom withtheir hand: the first player who arrivesshoots the ball.1 point given to the team per shot and 1bonus point per goal scored.
Variations:
- start standing up- start sitting down- start laying down
3 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 1 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3002
90 degree turn 10 min
90 degree turn
First touch to change direction away frompressure
First touch + pass
Focusing on the quality of the first touchand the passes.
First touch options : inside right foottoward the right ; inside right foot towardthe left ; outside right foot ; etc. Same withleft foot.
Equipment : balls.
First touch + passing + moving :
Groups of 4 players. One ball per group.Triangle, controlling + passing + moving.The player takes the place of theteammate he just passed the ball to.Distance between players : 7-8 yards
Coaching points :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball- first touch in the direction of the playerwe want to pass the ball to
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 1 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3006
90 degrees control 15 min
90 degrees control
First touch to change direction and to goaway from the opponent
Control + pass
Focusing on the quality of the first touchand the passes.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Give and go :
Groups of 4 players with one ball pergroup.A passes to B ; B passes back to A ; Apasses to C and runs to C ; C passes toB, etc. (see diagram)Always controlling the ball before a pass.
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
4 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 1 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3005
90 degrees control 20 min
90 degrees control
First touch to change direction and to goaway from the opponent
Control + pass
Control + shot
Focusing on the quality of the first touch,the passes and the shots.
Different kind of control to make : insideright foot toward the right ; inside right foottoward the left ; outside right foot ; etc.Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Technical course :
Two goals 25 yards away from eachother. Controlling, passing and shootingsequences.A passes to B who controls and passes toC ; C controls and passes to D ; Dcontrols and shoots at the goal. After hispass, the player moves to the nextposition :A goes in B ; B in C ; C in D ; D in A' ; etc.Doubling positions depending on thenumber of players to have a minimum oftimeout.
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 1 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5004
Controls 20 min
Controls
Passing
Shooting
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good first touch.Quality of the sequences first touch +pass and first touch + shot.
5 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 2 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1022 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2001 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3021 / 180 degrees control3022 / 180 degrees control3025 / 180 degrees control
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5004 / Controls 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
6 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 2 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1022
The touch 15 min
The touch
Juggling
Individual control of the ball
Balance
Coordination
Equipment: balls.
Juggling test:
2 players: one player juggles and theother one counts.3 attempts per player with each jugglingvariation (keep the highest score).Keeping track of the results.
Variations:
- Right foot- Left foot- Header- Free
- etc.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 2 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2001
Speed 10 min
Speed
running speed
Equipment: cones, decameter.
Speed tests:
Speed: 40 meters timed.Going back and forth speed: 4x10mtimed.One attempt on each course.Keeping track of times to compare themto previous tests.
7 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 2 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3021
180 degrees control 15 min
180 degrees control
First touch to play forward (protecting theball)
Control + pass
Focusing on the quality of the first touchand the passes.
Different kind of control to make : insideright foot and dribbling inside right foot ;outside right foot and dribbling outsideright foot. Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Controlling + passing :
A passes to B ; B makes a 180 degreescontrol and passes to C ; C makes a 180degrees control and dribbles going aroundthe cone then passes to B ; etc.
Instructions :
- distance between players : 7-8 yards- being on one's toes- attacking the ball- application on each pass to allowteammate to work on their first touchcorrectlyChanging positions of players (A in B, B inC, C in A, etc.).
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 2 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3022
180 degrees control 15 min
180 degrees control
First touch to play forward (protecting theball)
Control + pass
Focusing on the quality of the first touchand the passes.
Different kind of control to make : insideright foot and dribbling inside right foot ;outside right foot and dribbling outsideright foot. Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Controlling + passing :
Groups of 4 players with one ball pergroup (see diagram).B asks for the ball in front of C ; A passesto B ; B makes a 180 degrees controlprotecting his ball and passes to D ; (thenC asks for the ball in front of B ; D passesto C ; etc.).One after one, B and C play the role ofpassive defender.Alternating positions of players (D and Achange with B and C).
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball- application on each pass to allowteammate to work on his first touchcorrectly
8 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 2 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3025
180 degrees control 20 min
180 degrees control
First touch to play forward (protecting ornot the ball)
Control + pass
Control + shot
Focusing on the quality of the first touch,passes and shots.
Different kind of control to make : stoppinginside right foot and dribbling inside leftfoot ; inside right foot behind planted legand dribbling inside right foot ; inside rightfoot and dribbling inside right foot ;outside right foot and dribbling outsideright foot ; etc. Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Technical course :
Two goals are placed 25 yards away fromeach other. Controlling, passing andshooting sequences.A passes to B who controls and passes toC ; C controls and shoots at the goal ;after a pass, the player moves to the nextposition : A goes to B ; B to C ; C to A' ;etc.At the same time, A' passes to B' ; etc.Doubling positions depending on numberof players to have a minimum of time out.
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball- making good passes (accuracy andgood weigh)
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 2 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5004
Controls 20 min
Controls
Passing
Shooting
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good first touch.Quality of the sequences first touch +pass and first touch + shot.
9 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 3 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1035 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2016 / Coordination 10 min
Technical : 3030 / Controlling in a direction while moving3028 / Controlling in a direction while moving3031 / Controlling in a direction while moving
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5004 / Controls 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
10 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 3 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1035
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game:
35x20 yard field with goals (2 yards orbigger depending on the age of group)placed inside the goaline (players canplay behind the goals). Players can scorein both of the goals.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 3 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2016
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Agility
Frequency
Equipment: cones or bars.
Agility exercises:
Bars (or cones) are placed on the field(about 20 inches between cones or bars).
Race instructions:
- 2 steps (1 right foot and 1 left foot)between cones- going forward 2 cones then steppingback one cone; going forward 2 conesthen stepping back one cone; etc.
Variations:
First exercise: player faces the courseSecond exercise: player moves laterally
11 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 3 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3030
Controlling in a direction while moving 15 min
Controlling in a direction while moving
Controlling the ball while running
Control + pass
Focusing on the quality of the first touchand the passes : when controlling, the ballhas to stay in one's feet.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Controlling while running + passing :
Making 2 lines of players (A and B). 5yards space between gates. 2 yard gates.A makes a lead pass to B just before thefirst cone ; B controls inside right foot andmakes a lead pass to A through the gate ;A controls inside left foot and makes alead pass to B through the next gate ; etc.After each round, A and B switch sides towork on right and left foot control.
Instructions :
- controlling the ball with the inside- making good passes (accuracy andgood weigh)- 2 yard gates
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 3 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3028
Controlling in a direction while moving 15 min
Controlling in a direction while moving
Controlling the ball while running
Control + pass
Focusing on the quality of the first touchand the passes : when controlling, the ballhas to stay in one's feet.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Controlling while running :
4 players with 2 per station.A makes a lead pass to B ; B runs to theball, controls and dribbles to C (at thesame time, C made a lead pass to D whoran to the ball, controlled and dribbled toA).After their passes, A and C gorespectively to B and D. B makes a leadpass to C and D makes a lead pass to A ;A and C control, etc.
Instructions :
- inside foot control- changing direction of the play to useright and left foot
12 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 3 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3031
Controlling in a direction while moving 20 min
Controlling in a direction while moving
Controlling the ball while running
Control + pass
Control + shot
Focusing on the quality of the first touchand the passes : when controlling, the ballhas to stay in one's feet.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Controlling while running + shooting :
A makes a lead pass to B who controlsinside right foot then passes laterally to Awho controls inside left foot and shootsleft foot (see diagram).Same other side to shoot right foot.
Instruction :
- quick sequence control + shot- making good passes (accuracy andgood weigh)
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 3 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5004
Controls 20 min
Controls
Passing
Shooting
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good first touch.Quality of the sequences first touch +pass and first touch + shot.
13 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 4 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1023 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2011 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3037 / Air ball controls3041 / Air ball controls3042 / Air ball controls
10 min20 min20 min
Match : 5046 / Spreading out 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
14 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 4 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1023
The touch 15 min
The touch
Communication
One touch passing
First touch
Pass
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
One touch pass and trapping:
Making 2 groups of players. Each of theyellows has a ball and makes a circle(about 15 yards diameter). Reds withoutballs are inside the circle.Reds jog and ask for the ball from yellowplayers. They do the technical form asinstructed by the trainer.Working on both feet. For air balls,yellows throw the ball with their hands,changing roles every 2 minutes.
Technical forms:
- one touch pass (ball on the ground)- one touch pass on air ball (volleying,heading)- chest trap and pass with the foot- etc.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 4 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2011
Speed 10 min
Speed
running speed
Gestural speed
Equipment: balls, cones.
Sprint and shot:
2 goals are 26 yards away from eachother. Have 2 teams.A passes the ball through a small goal (2yards) then sprints to get it back andshoot in the opposite goal.B does the same at the other side.One point for the player whom's ball getsin the goal first. After the shot, A goesbehind blues and B behind reds.
Variations:
- shooting right foot- shooting left foot
15 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 4 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3037
Air ball controls 10 min
Air ball controls
Focusing on the first touch : a quickcontrol of the ball in the chosen direction.
Having the ball on the ground after thefirst touch.
Different kind of control to make :half-volley control inside right foot ;half-volley control outside right foot ;half-volley control inside right foot behindplanted leg. Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls.
Controlling in a direction :
One ball per player.The player juggles the ball. After 4juggling touches, he puts the ball on theground using one of the different air ballcontrols. Then he juggles again and afterfew touches, he controls the ball ; etc.
Instruction :
- control + 3 or 4 yards dribbling
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 4 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3041
Air ball controls 20 min
Air ball controls
Controlling + shooting
Focusing on the first touch, a quick controlof the ball in the chosen direction, and onthe control + shot sequence.
Having the ball on the ground after thefirst touch.
Different kind of control to make :half-volley control inside right foot ;half-volley control outside right foot ;half-volley control inside right foot behindplanted leg. Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Controlling in a direction + shooting :
The player juggles the ball toward thegoal and controls it just before the coneand shoots.
Variations :
Variation 1 : control + shot right foot (seediagram)Variation 2 : control + shot left foot
Instructions :
- quick sequence control + shot- working on the different kind of air ballcontrols
16 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 4 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3042
Air ball controls 20 min
Air ball controls
Controlling + shooting
Focusing on the first touch, a quick controlof the ball in the chosen direction, and onthe control + shot sequence.
Having the ball on the ground after thefirst touch.
Different kind of control to make :half-volley control inside right foot ;half-volley control outside right foot ;half-volley control inside right foot behindplanted leg. Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Controlling in a direction + shooting :
The player juggles parall to the goal line,controls in the opposite direction andshoots at the goal pivoting.
Variations :
Variation 1 : control and shot right foot(see diagram)Variation 2 : control and shot left foot(players start from the other side)
Instructions :
- quick sequence control + shot- working on the different kind of air ballcontrols
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 4 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5046
Spreading out 20 min
Spreading out
Spreading out, playing the ball wide, usingall the width of the field :
- in order to go around the opponent'sdefense
- in order to spread out the opponent'sdefense and to create space in front of thegoal
- to look for outnumber
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Spreading out and attacking from theside.Looking for the cross.
17 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 5 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1028 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2013 / Coordination 10 min
Technical : 3035 / Air ball controls3038 / Air ball controls3039 / Air ball controls
15 min20 min20 min
Match : 5046 / Spreading out 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 40
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
18 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 5 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1028
The touch 15 min
The touch
Controlling an air ball
Improving the touch
Equipment: balls, cones.
Juggling and shooting:
One ball for 3 players. 3 slaloms are set infront of a goal kept by a goalie (seediagram).Dividing players in 2 groups; a group infront of each slalom.First players of each line start at the sametime: They juggle through the slalom andshoot at the goal.Free juggling.
Variations:
- volleying- half-volleying- putting the ball on the ground beforeshooting
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 5 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2013
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Speed agility
Frequence
Equipment: cones or bars.
Agility exercise:
First exercise: two lines (lines or bars)parallel, 20 inches from each other:Alternating left foot step and right footstep outside the lines, and left foot stepand right foot step inside the lines (seediagram)Second exercise: using the outside fieldline or bars:Alternating left foot step and right footstep inside the field, and left foot step andright foot step outside the field (seediagram)
Instructions:
- vivacity- dynamism
19 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 5 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3035
Air ball controls 15 min
Air ball controls
Controlling + passing
Focusing on the first touch : a quickcontrol of the ball in the chosen direction.
Equipment : balls.
Chest control + pass :
Per group of 3 players. One ball pergroup.A throws the ball to B who controls theball with the chest toward C and passes toC ; C throws the ball to A who controlswith the chest toward B and passes to B ;etc.
Variation :
- changing direction
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 5 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3038
Air ball controls 20 min
Air ball controls
Controlling + shooting
Focusing on the first touch : a quickcontrol of the ball in the chosen direction.
Having the ball on the ground after thefirst touch.
Different kind of control to make :half-volley control inside right foot ;half-volley control outside right foot ;half-volley control inside right foot behindplanted leg. Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Controlling in a direction + shooting :
A throws the ball to B ; B controls towardthe goal and shoots.
Variations :
Variation 1 : ball coming from the left andshot right foot (see diagram)Variation 2 : ball coming from the rightand shot left foot
Instructions :
- working on the different kind of air ballcontrols- quick sequence control + shot
20 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 5 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3039
Air ball controls 20 min
Air ball controls
Controlling + shooting
Focusing on the first touch : a quickcontrol of the ball in the chosen direction.
Having the ball on the ground after thefirst touch.
Different kind of control to make :half-volley control inside right foot ;half-volley control outside right foot ;half-volley control inside right foot behindplanted leg. Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Controlling in a direction + shooting :
A throws the ball to B ; B, the goal at hisback, controls toward the goal and shoots.
Variations :
Variation 1 : control toward the goal + shotright foot (see diagram)Variation 2 : control toward the goal + shotleft foot
Instructions :
- 2 touches if possible : one to control theball and one to shoot- quick sequence control + shot- working on the different kind of air ballcontrols
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 5 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5046
Spreading out 20 min
Spreading out
Spreading out, playing the ball wide, usingall the width of the field :
- in order to go around the opponent'sdefense
- in order to spread out the opponent'sdefense and to create space in front of thegoal
- to look for outnumber
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Spreading out and attacking from theside.Looking for the cross.
21 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 6 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1021 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2005 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3046 / Air ball trapping3047 / Air ball trapping3040 / Air ball controls
15 min20 min20 min
Match : 5046 / Spreading out 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 40
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
22 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 6 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1021
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Long air pass
Game for keepers
Equipment: 1 ball, cones, pennies (2colors).
Big warm-up game:
An 8x8 yard area is in the middle of a25x25 square yard field.5 vs 5 game (or more depending on thenumber of players). The keeper is in themiddle area. No other player is allowed tostep in the middle area.To score, one has to pass the ball in theair to the keeper who has to catch the ballwithout releasing it. The keeper alwaysplays with the team that has the ball.
Instructions:
- free play- limiting the number of touches
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 6 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2005
Speed 10 min
Speed
changing speed
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Race - Relays:
Making 2 teams. 5 yards spaces betweenlines of cones. At the sonorous signal, thefirst player of each team gets the ballplaced on the second line and brings itback to the first line;then they run to get the ball placed on thethird line and bring it back to the hands ofthe next player.This player brings the ball back to thesecond line then comes back to get theball placed on the first line and brings itback to the third line.They run back to give the relay to the thirdplayer tagging him in the hand, act.Alternatively, players bring back orreplace the balls.The first team to finish wins. Do severalrounds.
23 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 6 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3046
Air ball trapping 15 min
Air ball trapping
Trapping + long passing
Focusing on controlling air ball : air balltrap.
Different kind of trapping to make :trapping instep right foot ; trapping insideright foot ; trapping with the thigh ;trapping with the chest ; trapping with thehead. Same traps left foot.
Equipment : balls.
Long pass + trapping :
Groups of 2 players. 1 ball per group.Face to face : A makes a long pass to B ;B traps the ball with the foot, thigh, chestor head then passes long to A ; etc.
Instructions :
- long passes with the instep- adapting distance between A and B- application when trapping the ball
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 6 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3047
Air ball trapping 20 min
Air ball trapping
Trapping + long passing
Trapping + shooting
Long pass and cross
Focusing on controlling air ball : air balltrap.
Different kind of trapping to make :trapping instep right foot ; trapping insideright foot ; trapping with the thigh ;trapping with the chest ; trapping with thehead. Same traps left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Long pass + trapping + shot :
A makes a long pass to B ; B traps theball ; B passes long to A ; A traps the balland shoots at the goal.
Instructions :
- long passes with the instep- working on different kinds of trapping- choosing the kind of trapping the mostadapted to the situation- after having trapped the ball, A dribblesand shoots quickly
Instructions :
Variation 1 : B crosses from the right (seediagram)Variation 2 : B crosses from the left
24 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 6 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3040
Air ball controls 20 min
Air ball controls
Controlling + long pass
Controlling + shooting
Focusing on the first touch : a quickcontrol of the ball in the chosen direction.
Different kind of control to make :half-volley control inside right foot ;half-volley control outside right foot ;half-volley control inside right foot behindplanted leg. Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Long pass + control + shot :
A makes a long pass to B ; B controls andcrosses to A ; A controls toward the goaland shoots.
Variations :
Variation 1 : B crosses from the right andA shoots left foot (see diagram)Variation 2 : B crosses from the left and Ashoots right foot
Instructions :
- working on the different kind of air ballcontrols- good long passes (weigh and accuracy)
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 6 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5046
Spreading out 20 min
Spreading out
Spreading out, playing the ball wide, usingall the width of the field :
- in order to go around the opponent'sdefense
- in order to spread out the opponent'sdefense and to create space in front of thegoal
- to look for outnumber
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Spreading out and attacking from theside.Looking for the cross.
25 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 7 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1032 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2002 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3065 / 1 vs 1 moves3071 / 1 vs 1 moves3069 / 1 vs 1 moves
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5011 / 1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
26 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 7 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1032
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
3 vs 3 game:
30x20 yard fields with small goals (2yards or bigger depending on the agegroup) with no keeper.3 vs 3 game; 3 minutes per game; rotateopponent.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 7 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2002
Speed 10 min
Speed
Reaction speed
Running speed
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Duel for the ball :
Races per 2 players. 5 yards spacebetween cones.At the sonorous signal, players sprint,going around the cones of the slalom: thefirst player arriving to the ball shoots.1 point for the team per shot and onebonus point per goal scored.One duel at a time (no relay).
Variations:
- start standing up- start sitting down- start laying down
27 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 7 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3065
1 vs 1 moves 15 min
1 vs 1 moves
Cuts
Focusing on the notion of change ofdirection.
The cut (the move + the acceleration)allows the player to change directionquickly.
Different cuts to make : inside right foot ;outside right foot ; inside behind plantedleg ; double-touch ; etc. Same left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Cuts :
Maximum 4 players per station. One ballper player.The player dribbles the ball and makesthe cut in front of each yellow cone (cone= opponent).Setting several courses.
Instructions :
- application on each cut- the cut must a sharp change of direction
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 7 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3071
1 vs 1 moves 15 min
1 vs 1 moves
Cuts
Focusing on the notion of change ofdirection.
The cut (the move + the acceleration)allows the player to change of directionquickly.
Double-touch : double-touch inside rightfoot left foot ; double-touch inside outsideright foot.
Equipment : balls, cones, timer.
Cuts course :
The player dribbles through the course asfast as he can (see diagram).Timing : players have several tries tobreak their record.Free dribbling.
Comment :
No specific instructions. The course is setso that players have to make asuccession of double-touches to go fast.
28 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 7 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3069
1 vs 1 moves 20 min
1 vs 1 moves
Cuts
Focusing on the notion of change ofdirection.
The cut (the move + the acceleration)allows the player to change of directionquickly.
Double-touch : double-touch inside rightfoot left foot ; double-touch inside outsideright foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Course with cuts and shots :
Players advance on the course (seediagram).A dribbles the ball through the slalom andshoots at the goal. After the shot he goesto B. B does the same in the otherdirection and goes to A after his shot.The trainer announces the kind of cut tomake through the cones.Non-stop course.
Cuts to make :
double-touch inside right foot - inside leftfootdouble-touch inside right foot - outsideright footdouble-touch inside left foot - inside rightfootdouble-touch inside left foot - outside leftfoot
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 7 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5011
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 20 min
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent
Beating an opponent with "faking" and"pretending". The ball carrier pretends hegoes in one direction but goes in anotherone.
- importance of the positioning, the speedand angle of run of the opponent
- not to start the 1 vs 1 move too late
- bringing speed and change of speed ;Keeping the defender off-guard
- protecting the ball (using shoulders,body, feet, ...)
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Using 1 vs 1 moves to beat the defender.Playing 1 vs 1 in the attacking third(finishing zone).
29 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 8 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1001 / Technical exercise 15 min
Physical : 2015 / Coordination 10 min
Technical : 3077 / 1 vs 1 moves3080 / 1 vs 1 moves
15 min20 min
Tactical : 4024 / 1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 15 min
Match : 5011 / 1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
30 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 8 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1001
Technical exercise 15 min
Technical exercise
Dribbling the ball
Looking around
First touch
Passing
Equipment: balls, cones.
Dribbling and Passing:
Split the players into groups of 6 or more.Players make a circle approximately 12yards in diameter. Two players have aball.Players who have a ball dribble it for a fewyards, pass to a teammate without a ball,and then take their place.
Variations:
- asking players to make a fake beforepassing- 2 touches (control + pass)- adding a third ball (or more) toencourage players to look up.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 8 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2015
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Agility
Vivacity
Fake
Equipment: pennies (1 color).
Agility and vivacity:
Have groups of 2 players.Each player has a pennie placed on theback (half in the short).Duel: trying to take opponent's penniewhile keeping one's own pennie. Onepoint scored each time a player takes thepinnie.1 minute games. Changing opponentregularly.
Variation:
- no pennie: to score, touching one of theopponent's feet
31 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 8 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3077
1 vs 1 moves 15 min
1 vs 1 moves
Fakes
Focusing on the notions of makingbelieve, pretending.
Pretending to go in a direction and goingin other one.
Unbalancing one's opponent.
Fakes to make: body fakes; shot fake;scissors; step-over; double scissors; etc.Using right and left foot.
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Fakes:
Two teams play against each other like onthe diagram. Duel opposing one player ofeach team.A has the ball in front of his feet. To score,A has to dribble through to both goals. Btries to prevent A from scoring.The play is on as soon as a touches theball.
Instruction:
- A multiplies the fakes without touchesthe ball to unbalance B and goes to scorea goal in the opposite goal.
Variations:
- the defenders scores if he takes the ballback from the attacker- the defender scores if he tags theattacker
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 8 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3080
1 vs 1 moves 20 min
1 vs 1 moves
Fakes
Fake and shot
Focusing on the notions of makingbelieve, pretending.Keeping the defenderoff-guard.
Pretending to go in a direction and goingin other one. Looking for effectiveness inthe shots.
Fakes to make: body fakes; shot fake;scissors; step-over; double scissors; etc.Using right and left foot.
Equipment: balls, cones.
Fake and 1 vs 1 and shot:
The attacker tries to score after havingeliminated the defender who's in the 6x6square yard.
Variations:
- the defender just does opposite withouttrying to intercept the ball (passivedefender)- the defender tries to get the ball back(active defender)
Instructions:
- using different fakes to go past theopponent- trying to score just after having beatenan opponent
32 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 8 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4024
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 15 min
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent
Beating an opponent is associated withthe notions of "faking" and "pretending".The ball carrier pretends a goes in adirection but goes in another one.
- Appreciating the position, the speed andangle of run of the opponent
- not to start the 1 vs 1 move too late
- bringing speed and change of speed;Keeping the defender off-guard
- protecting the ball (using shoulders,body, feet,)
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
1 vs 1 duel:
15x15 square yard field with 2 small goals(2 yards).Exercise is set up like on the diagram.The attacker (yellow) dribbles toward thedefender (red) and tries to go past them toscore on one of two goals.To score, A has to dribble the ball throughone of both goals defended by B.Changing roles every 4 minutes. Doseveral rounds.
Instructions:
- 1 point per goal scored- using 1 vs 1 moves to beat the opponent
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 8 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5011
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 20 min
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent
Beating an opponent with "faking" and"pretending". The ball carrier pretends hegoes in one direction but goes in anotherone.
- importance of the positioning, the speedand angle of run of the opponent
- not to start the 1 vs 1 move too late
- bringing speed and change of speed ;Keeping the defender off-guard
- protecting the ball (using shoulders,body, feet, ...)
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Using 1 vs 1 moves to beat the defender.Playing 1 vs 1 in the attacking third(finishing zone).
33 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training programDate : 08/08/2007
Theme of the program : No theme
Type : Seasonal of 24 sessions (2 per week)
Number of sessions per week : 2
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Comments :
Session 1 : No printed
Session 2 : No printed
Session 3 : No printed
Session 4 : No printed
Session 5 : No printed
Session 6 : No printed
Session 7 : No printed
Session 8 : No printed
Session 9 : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session 10 : Creating space
Session 11 : Creating space
Session 12 : Creating space
Session 13 : Creating space
Session 14 : One touch play
Session 15 : One touch play
Session 16 : One touch play
Session 17 : No printed
Session 18 : No printed
Session 19 : No printed
Session 20 : No printed
Session 21 : No printed
Session 22 : No printed
Session 23 : No printed
Session 24 : No printed
1 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 9 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1002 / Technical exercise 15 min
Physical : 2018 / Speed and coordination 10 min
Tactical : 4027 / 1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent4036 / 1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent4040 / 1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5011 / 1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
2 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 9 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1002
Technical exercise 15 min
Technical exercise
Controlling
Passing facing the play
Asking for the ball
Equipment: balls, cones.
Controlling + Passing:
All the players are inside an area of 20x25yards. One ball for 2 players.Players move and pass the ball to eachother. Groups consist of 2 players.After a few minutes, set the following rule:everybody plays together (no moregroups); it's forbidden to pass the ball tothe player who just passed you the ball.
Instructions:
- after a pass, get wide and face the play- ask for a pass to the feet- look around
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 9 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2018
Speed and coordination 10 min
Speed and coordination
Speed agility
Vivacity
Reaction speed
Coordination
Equipment : cones.
Miror game :
Setting several fields composed of two7x7 yard square. 2 players per field.The 2 players face each other each ofthem being in the middle of his square.A leads the game : A runs and touches acone with his hand. B plays the reflectionof A.Going slowly at the beginning then fastwhen the game is well understood.Changing role every 30 seconds.
Instructions :
- A must always go to touch a cone- A and B are always facing each other
Variation :
- B tries to imitate A but when A goesforward B has to go backward and whenA goes backward B has to go forward
3 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 9 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4027
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 15 min
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent
To beat an opponent is to fake to go in adirection and then going into a differentdirection.
- reading the speed and angle of the runof the opponent
- timing of the 1vs1 move
- change of speed ; keeping the defenderoff-guard/off-balance
- shielding the ball (using shoulders, body,feet,)
Equipment: balls, cones.
1 vs 1 duel:
Several 12x6 yard fields with 2 smallgoals (2 yards).1 vs 1 duel on each field.1 min. 30 sec. games.Moving up/Moving down game: the winnermoves up, the loser moves down.
Moving up/moving down game rules:
- winners move up (toward field 1) andlosers move down (toward field 4)
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 9 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4036
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 15 min
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent
To beat an opponent is to fake to go in adirection and then going into a differentdirection.
Advices and criteria of success:
- reading the speed and angle of the runof the opponent
- timing of the 1vs1 move
- change of speed ; keeping the defenderoff-guard/off-balance
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
2 vs 2 games:
20x20 yds fields with small goals (2 yards)(see diagram).Have teams of 2 players and set upseveral fields next to each other.2 vs 2 games: Each team attacks anddefends 2 goals. To score, dribble the ballthrough one of the opposition's goals. 3minute games.Moving up/moving down game: the winnermoves up, the loser moves down.
Moving up/moving down game rules:
- winners move up (toward field 1) andlosers move down (toward field 3)
Coaching points :
- forward passes are forbidden; onlybackward and sideward passes allowed- encouraging players to beat the directopponent in the 1 vs 1 situations (takingrisks)
4 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 9 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4040
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 15 min
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent
To beat an opponent is to fake to go in adirection and then going into a differentdirection.
- reading the speed and angle of the runof the opponent
- timing of the 1vs1 move
- change of speed ; keeping the defenderoff-guard/off-balance
- shielding the ball (using shoulders, body,feet,)
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (3colors).
3 vs 3 + Gks:
3 teams of 3 players. 26x20 yard field withgoals.3 vs 3 + Gks. One team is resting.3 minutes per game.Small sided game with goals close toeach other. Players are constantly in theattacking third that means priority toshooting and beating one's opponent.
Instructions:
- when there is a corner-kick, the keeperof the team which has the corner-kickrestarts the play with a throw (nocorner-kick)- when there is a goal-kick, the keeperrestarts the play with a throw (nogoal-kick)- after a goal, the keeper restarts the playwith a throw (no kick-off)- encouraging players to take risks:shooting and trying to beat one'sopponent, playing 1 vs 1 situations
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 9 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5011
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 20 min
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent
Beating an opponent with "faking" and"pretending". The ball carrier pretends hegoes in one direction but goes in anotherone.
- importance of the positioning, the speedand angle of run of the opponent
- not to start the 1 vs 1 move too late
- bringing speed and change of speed ;Keeping the defender off-guard
- protecting the ball (using shoulders,body, feet, ...)
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Using 1 vs 1 moves to beat the defender.Playing 1 vs 1 in the attacking third(finishing zone).
5 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 10 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1029 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2004 / Speed 10 min
Tactical : 4002 / Getting open4009 / Getting open4010 / Getting open
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
6 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 10 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1029
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game:
35x20 yard field with goals (2 yards orbigger depending on the age group) andno keeper.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 10 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2004
Speed 10 min
Speed
reacting to a sonorous signal
Running speed
Equipment: cones, pennies (2 colors).
Sprint duel:
Races per 2 players. 6 and 8-yard spacesbetween lines 1, 2, and 3.At the sonorous signal, both playerscomplete the following course(determined by 3 lines) as fast aspossible:sprinting from 1 to 2; running backwardfrom 2 to 1 then sprinting up to the line 3.1 point for the team per duel won. A duelat a time (no relay).
Variations:
- start standing up- start sitting down- start laying down
7 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 10 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4002
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones.
4 vs 2 keep-away:
Groups of 6 players. One ball per group, a15x15 yard field (with a diagonal) pergroup.Four players try to keep possession of theball against two defenders who try to get itback.Each defender has to stay in one'striangle.
Variations:
- Have teams of 2 players: both players ofthe team that loses the ball becomedefenders- only the player who loses the ballbecomes defender
Instructions:
- leading players in their moves ifnecessary- helping the ball carrier
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 10 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4009
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
5 vs 3 keep away:
20x20 square yard field.5 players (4 outside and 1 inside the field)try to keep possession of the ball against3 defenders (inside the field).Changing roles regularly.
Variations:
- 1 point per pass made to the midfielder- the midfielder is limited to 1 touch
8 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 10 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4010
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
6 vs 4 keep away:
20x20 square yard field split in 4 squares.6 players (4 outside and 2 inside the field)try to keep possession of the ball against4 defenders (inside the field).Each defender has to stay in their square.Have 5 teams of 2 players. Changingroles of players every 2 minutes.
Variations:
- 1 point per pass made to the midfielder- 1 point per 1-2 made betweenmidfielders
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 10 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
9 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 11 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1017 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2017 / Speed and coordination 10 min
Tactical : 4015 / Getting open4016 / Getting open4013 / Getting open
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
10 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 11 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1017
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Passing
Getting open
Equipment: balls, cones.
Keep-away 4 vs 2:
12x12 yard field. Four players are outsideof the field and try to keep possession ofthe ball. Two defenders are inside thefield and try to intercept the ball.The player who loses the ball becomesdefender.
Variations:
- free play- 2 touches maximum
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 11 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2017
Speed and coordination 10 min
Speed and coordination
Speed agility
Vivacity
Speed
Coordination
Equipment: none.
Slalom races:
Groups of 5 or 6 players.
Two Variations (see diagram):
In red: players jog slowly one after oneleaving a 2 or 3 yards space betweenthem.At the sonorous signal, the last player (E)slaloms as fast as possible throughplayers and goes in front of A.At the second signal, D does the same;etc.In blue: same principle as before butplayers jog backward.At the first sonorous signal, A slalomsbackward as fast as possible throughplayers and goes behind E; etc.
11 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 11 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4015
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (3colors).
3 vs 2 attacking waves:
Teams of 3 players.The Red team (3 players) attacks the Blueteam (2 players and 1 keeper). TheYellow team is waiting in the midfield.When the play is over: the Blue teamgoes to the midfield and waits; the Redteam defends; the Yellow team attacks.If the defense gets the ball back; it has toplay it in the feet of one of the player ofthe waiting team.
Instructions:
- asking the ball carrier to challenge thedefense- asking other players to spread out tocreate space
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 11 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4016
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
3 vs 2 attacking:
Groups of 6 players. 35x20 yard field pergroup (see diagram).The Red team (3 players) attacks the Blueteam (2 players and 1 keeper).When the play is over: the Red team goesback to defense (2 players and 1 keeper);the Blue team attacks (3 players).
Instruction:
- no counter-attack (if a defender gets theball back, he has to pass it back to hiskeeper, giving time to the opponent to goback in defense
12 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 11 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4013
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Captains game:
Groups of 6 players. One ball per group,30x20 yard field (with two 3x3 yardoutside areas) per group.2 vs 2 game inside the field. To score,pass the ball to the player (captain) ofone's team who's in the opposite outsidearea.When a team doesn't have the ball, thecaptain; staying in his area plays with theopposite team as a support.4 vs 2 situation when in possession of theball.
Instruction:
- changing captains regularly
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 11 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
13 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 12 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1030 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2006 / Speed 10 min
Tactical : 4006 / Getting open4014 / Getting open4019 / Getting open
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
14 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 12 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1030
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game:
25x25 yard field with 4 small goals (2yards or bigger depending on the agegroup). 2 goals on each side. Each teamattacks and defends 2 goals.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 12 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2006
Speed 10 min
Speed
Reaction speed
Running speed
Equipment: cones.
Elimination race:
All the players are inside of a 6-yarddiameter circle.Cones are 10 yards away around thecircle. There are 2 cones more than thereare players.At the sonorous signal, players run up to acone and stop at the cone.The 2 players who are not at a cone areeliminated.Start again taking away 2 more cones,etc. The players remaining at the end win.Do several rounds.
Variations:
- players jog in the circle- players move on all four in the circle- players crawl in the circle
15 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 12 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4006
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (3colors).
8 vs 4 game:
Making 3 teams of 4 players. 25x25square yard field.4 vs 4 inside the field.The team that has the ball tries to keeppossession of it with the help of theoutside players who always play with theteam who has the ball.Changing middle teams every 3 minutes.
Variations:
- outside players are limited to 2 touchesthen 1 touch- outside players cannot pass to eachother- only passes between inside playerscount as a point
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 12 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4014
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Gates game:
35x25 yard field with five 2 yard gatesspread out all over the field.4 vs 4 game. To score, a player has tomake a pass to a teammate through oneof the 5 gates.
Variations:
- players are not allowed to score twice ina row on the same gate- adding or taking off a gate
16 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 12 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4019
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (4colors).
9 vs 3 keep away:
35x25 yard field. 4 teams of 3 players.Three teams try to keep possession of theball against one team that tries to get itback. AThe team losing the ball becomes thedefending team.diagram: Red, Green and Yellow playtogether against White.
Instructions:
- looking for safety- playing the ball where there are lessopponents- looking for and creating space
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 12 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
17 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 13 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1016 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2012 / Coordination 10 min
Tactical : 4003 / Getting open4011 / Getting open4020 / Getting open
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
18 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 13 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1016
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Getting open
Playing forward
Equipment: 1 ball, cones.
Big warm-up game:
50x30 yard field with areas at theextremities.6 vs 6 stop-ball (or more depending onthe number of players). To score, stop theball in the zone opposed to one's camp.Players don't wear pennies. Welldetermining teams before the start of thegame.
Instructions:
- free play- looking around
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 13 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2012
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Speed agility
Equipment: cones, sticks.
Coordination course:
Starting every 3 seconds, players runthrough the course (see diagram)respecting the following instructions.
Course instructions:
A: running through sticks without touchingthemB: 3x’s hopping on right foot; 3x’s hoppingon left footC: running backwardD: stepping on the right and on the left ofthe bars (never between them)E: between bars going forwardF: shuffle between bars going backward
19 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 13 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4003
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones.
4 vs 2 keep-away:
Groups of 6 players. One ball per group, a15x15 yard field per group.Four players try to keep possession of theball against two defenders who try to get itback.
Variations:
- Have teams of 2 players: both players ofthe team that loses the ball becomedefenders- only the player who loses the ballbecomes defender
Instructions:
- leading players in their moves ifnecessary- helping the ball carrier
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 13 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4011
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
5 vs 3 keeps away:
20x20 square yard field with a 5x5 yardarea in the middle.5 players (4 outside and 1 inside themiddle area) try to keep possession of theball against 3 defenders who try to get itback (they can not step in the middlearea).Changing roles regularly.
Variations:
- 1 point per pass made to the midfielder- the midfielder is limited to one touch
20 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 13 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4020
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
3 vs 3 directed game:
30x20 yard fields with small goals (2-3yards).3 vs 3 game.Asking players to constantly help andoffer solutions to the ball carrier.
Instructions:
- free play- stopping the game to explain anddemonstrate if necessary
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 13 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
21 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 14 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1012 / Technical exercise 15 min
Physical : 2009 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3091 / One touch play3092 / One touch play3109 / One touch play
10 min15 min20 min
Match : 5018 / One touch play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
22 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 14 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1012
Technical exercise 15 min
Technical exercise
Pass
One touch play
The touch
Equipment: balls.
One touch pass:
Groups of 6 players (see diagram).A passes the ball to B and runs back totheir line.B passes to C with one touch and runsback to their line; etc.Passes must be precise and measuredout to give rhythm to the game.
Instructions:
- one touch play- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 14 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2009
Speed 10 min
Speed
Running speed
Reaction speed
Gestural speed
Equipment: balls.
Reacting to the opponent come back:
Groups of 2 players: B is 30 yards awayface to the goal. A is 7 yards behind himwith ball.A passes the ball through B's legs andtries to prevent B from scoring.When B sees the ball go through his/herlegs they sprint to get it back and try toscore reacting to A's come back.Be a then B alternatively.
Comment:
All the players work on the same goal toallow players to totally recover after eachrun.
23 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 14 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3091
One touch play 10 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls.
One touch give-and-go :
Groups of 4 players. One ball per group.One touch give-and-go : players arelimited to one touch.The player passes the ball and runsbehind the last player of the opposite line.
Instructions :
- keeping the ball on the ground- using right and left foot
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 14 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3092
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls, cones.
One touch passing :
Groups of 5 players. One ball per group.A passes to B who makes a lead pass toA ; A passes to C who makes a lead passto A ; A passes to D and runs behind D.D does the same course like A in theother direction.Changing position regularly.
Instructions :
- no control (one touch pass)- being on one's toes when receiving theball- attacking the ball
24 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 14 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3109
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Focusing on the quality of the shotspaying attention at the position of thebody.
Equipment : balls, cones.
One touch shooting :
A passes to B ; B makes a lead pass to A; A passes to C who makes a lead pass toA ; A shoots at the goal.
Instructions :
- players are limited to one touch- using right foot and left to pass andshoot- changing positions regularly
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 14 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5018
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.One touch play to win time and acceleratethe pace of the play when the situationasks for it.
25 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 15 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1014 / Technical exercise 15 min
Physical : 2019 / Speed and coordination 10 min
Technical : 3100 / One touch play3101 / One touch play3112 / One touch play
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5018 / One touch play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
26 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 15 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1014
Technical exercise 15 min
Technical exercise
1-2
Asking for the ball
One touch
Equipment: balls, cones.
The 1-2:
Players evolve in a 30x20 yard field. Halfof the players have a ball.Ball carriers play 1-2 with players withouta ball.A passes to B and asks for the ball,sprinting; B makes a lead pass with onetouch.If, after his pass, A doesn't ask for theball, B controls it and becomes a ballcarrier.
Instructions:
- accurate and well directed passes- players without ball jog and ask for theball- composure in one touch passes back
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 15 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2019
Speed and coordination 10 min
Speed and coordination
Running techniques
Jumps
Running speed
Equipment : bars, cones.
Running techniques + sprint :
Setting 8 bars 20 inches from each other.Players run through the course 2 by 2following the trainer's instructions : eachpass is followed by a 10 yard sprint.
Instructions for the different round :
- one step between bars : very quick- 2 steps (RF + LF) between bars : veryquick- standing jumps between bars- standing jumps with high knee changingfoot each step- lateral run : 2 quick step between bars- hopping right foot- hopping left foot
27 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 15 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3100
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls.
One touch passing :
Groups of 3 players. One ball per group.A passes to B who passes back to A inone touch ; A passes to C ; C passes to Bwho just turned around ; B passes back toC ; C passes to A ; et.All passes are made with one touch. Bturns around and let the ball go past himafter each of his pass.
Instructions :
- players are limited to one touch (nocontrol)- quality of passes : weigh and accuracy- being on one's toes
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 15 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3101
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls, cones.
/4 one touch passing exercise :
Groups of 4 players. One ball per group.A passes to B who passes back to A withone touch ; A passes diagonally to C ; Cpasses to D who passes back to C ; Cpasses diagonally to B ; etc. (seediagram)After his pass B runs in A and A in B ;after his pass D runs in C and C in D.
Instructions :
- one touch passing (no control)- quality of passes : weigh and accuracy- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
28 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 15 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3112
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on the quality ofthe shots.
Equipment : balls, cones.
One touch passing and shooting :
A passes to B who passes back to A ; Amakes a soft in-depth pass to B ; Bpasses laterally to C who shoots at thegoal.Players are limited to one touch.Changing positions regularly.
Variations :
Variation 1 : pass from A to C comes fromthe right + shot right foot (see diagram)Variation 2 : pass from A to C comes fromthe left + shot left foot
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 15 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5018
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.One touch play to win time and acceleratethe pace of the play when the situationasks for it.
29 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 16 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1008 / Technical exercise 15 min
Physical : 2003 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3090 / One touch play3097 / One touch play3108 / One touch play
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5018 / One touch play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
30 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 16 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1008
Technical exercise 15 min
Technical exercise
1-2
Passing and moving
Asking for the ball
Asking for a lead pass
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
The 1-2:
4 vs 4: two teams of 4 players playagainst each other on a 20x20 squareyard field.Keeping possession of the ball. Trying toplay 1-2 with their teammates. One pointscored per 1-2 correctly made.
Instructions:
- passing and asking for the ball- passing and accelerating- concentration and application inone-touch passes
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 16 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2003
Speed 10 min
Speed
running speed
Gestural speed
Equipment: balls, cones.
Sprinting and shooting:
2 goals face to face (26 yards) withkeepers.A passes the ball to B and B passes theball to A.After their pass, A and B sprint to receivethe ball from their teammate and shoot atthe goal (First time shot).One point for the player whom's ball getsin the net first. After the shot, A goes to Band B goes to A.
Variations:
- passing in front of oneself and sprintingdiagonally (diagram)- passing diagonally and sprinting straightahead
31 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 16 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3090
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls, cones.
4 vs 1 keepaway (no control) :
Groups of 5 players with one ball pergroup. 10x10 yard field.Four players try to keep possession of theball against one defender.The player who loses the ball becomesthe defender.Players are limited to one touch.
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 16 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3097
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls, cones.
5 vs 2 keepaway (no control) :
Groups of 7 players with one ball pergroup. 10x10 yards squares. 5 players (4outside + 1 inside the field) try to keeppossession of the ball against 2defenders.Each defender has to stay in his square.A is allowed to play in both squares.Players are limited to one touch (nocontrol play).One point scored each time the midfieldertouches the ball without losing it.
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
32 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 16 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3108
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on the quality ofthe shots.
Equipment : balls.
One touch passes and shots course :
A passes to B then runs in front of thegoal. B passes to A who makes a leadpass to B. B shoots at the goal.Same for C and D on the other goal.
Instructions :
- players are limited to one touch- using right foot and left to pass andshoot
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 16 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5018
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.One touch play to win time and acceleratethe pace of the play when the situationasks for it.
33 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training programDate : 08/08/2007
Theme of the program : No theme
Type : Seasonal of 24 sessions (2 per week)
Number of sessions per week : 2
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Comments :
Session 1 : No printed
Session 2 : No printed
Session 3 : No printed
Session 4 : No printed
Session 5 : No printed
Session 6 : No printed
Session 7 : No printed
Session 8 : No printed
Session 9 : No printed
Session 10 : No printed
Session 11 : No printed
Session 12 : No printed
Session 13 : No printed
Session 14 : No printed
Session 15 : No printed
Session 16 : No printed
Session 17 : 2vs1 attacking
Session 18 : 2vs1 attacking
Session 19 : 2vs1 attacking
Session 20 : Direction of play
Session 21 : Direction of play
Session 22 : Direction of play
Session 23 : Heading technique
Session 24 : Volleying
1 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 17 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1015 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2020 / Speed and coordination 10 min
Technical : 3132 / Long passing3139 / Long passing and crossing3133 / Long passing and crossing
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5025 / Crossing and finishing 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
2 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 17 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1015
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Keeping possession of the ball
Playing forward
Keeper throw
Long air pass
Equipment: 1 ball, pennies (2 colors).
Big warm-up game:
60x40 yard field with areas at theextremities.Two teams play against each other (6v6or more) depending on the number ofplayers. Keepers are in the zone opposedto their camp.To score, the keeper has to catch an airpass without releasing it.
Instructions:
- free play- after a goal and when there is a goalkick, the keeper throws the ball for theother team- no corner kick (throw from the keeper tothe opposite team)
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 17 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2020
Speed and coordination 10 min
Speed and coordination
Running speed
Speed agility
Equipment : bars, cones, pinnies (2colors).
Relay race :
Making 2 teams. Races.The player, holding a ball in his hands,runs through the course as fast aspossible following the instructions thengives the ball to the next player. Thisplayer does the same. And on and on untilevery player has done it.Doing several rounds.
Variations :
- shuffle between bars then standingjumps over each cone + shuffle betweenbars then sprint up to the teammate- same running backward then sprint up tothe teammate
3 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 17 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3132
Long passing 15 min
Long passing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
Focusing on the form of the long passesand quality of the controls.
Equipment : balls.
Long pass :
Groups of 2 players. One ball per group.Face to face : A makes a long pass to B ;B controls the ball then makes a longpass to A ; etc.
Instructions :
- working on long passes right and leftfoot- working on the different kind of longpasses (straight long pass and high longpass)- adapting distance between A and B- free first touch
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 17 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3139
Long passing and crossing 15 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
One touch volley pass
Focusing on the quality of the long passesand one touch volley passes.
Equipment : balls.
Long passing + one touch passing :
Groups of 4 players. One ball per group.A makes a long pass to B who passesback to C in one touch ; C passes to Bwho makes a long pass to D ; D passesback to A ; A passes to D ; D makes along pass to C ; etc.After his long pass, A goes to D ( and D toA) ; after his long pass, B goes to C ( andC to B).
Instructions :
- working on right and left foot- working on the different kind of longpasses (straight and air)- adapting distance between playersdepending on age and level
4 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 17 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3133
Long passing and crossing 20 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
Controlling + shooting
Focusing on the good form of the longpass and on quality of controls andcrosses.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Long passing + crossing + shooting :
A makes a long pass to B ; B controls andmakes a long pass to C ; C controls andcrosses to D ; D shoots at the goal(controlling or not the ball).After his pass, A goes to C ; after hispass, B goes to D ; after his pass C goesto A ; after his shot, D goes to B.
Instructions :
- working on right and left foot- working on the different kind of longpasses (straight and air)- good weight and accuracy in passes
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 17 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5025
Crossing and finishing 20 min
Crossing and finishing
Cross
Long pass
Volleying
Heading
Finishing
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good crosses.Looking for effectiveness in front of thegoal when receiving a cross.
5 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 18 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1021 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2010 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3137 / Long passing and crossing3134 / Long passing and crossing3138 / Long passing and crossing
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5025 / Crossing and finishing 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
6 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 18 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1021
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Long air pass
Game for keepers
Equipment: 1 ball, cones, pennies (2colors).
Big warm-up game:
An 8x8 yard area is in the middle of a25x25 square yard field.5 vs 5 game (or more depending on thenumber of players). The keeper is in themiddle area. No other player is allowed tostep in the middle area.To score, one has to pass the ball in theair to the keeper who has to catch the ballwithout releasing it. The keeper alwaysplays with the team that has the ball.
Instructions:
- free play- limiting the number of touches
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 18 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2010
Speed 10 min
Speed
Reaction speed
Equipment: sticks.
Reaction speed:
Groups of 2 players then 3 players.Two players are 3 yards away from eachother each holding a stick.At the signal, they release one's stick andcatching teammate's stick before it falls.Same game with 3 players.
Variations:
- at the sonorous signal (Go!)- Visual signal: at the start of a determinedplayer and in the way he chose
7 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 18 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3137
Long passing and crossing 15 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
One touch volley pass
Focusing on the quality of the long passesand one touch volley passes.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Long passing :
Groups of 4 players. One ball per group.A makes a long pass to B ; B passes backto C with one touch ; C makes a long passto D ; D passes to A ; etc.Changing roles regularly.
Instructions :
- working on right and left foot- working on the different kind of longpasses (straight and air)- adapting distance between A and B andbetween C and D
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 18 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3134
Long passing and crossing 15 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
One touch volley pass
Focusing on the good form of the longpass and on quality of the one touchvolley pass.
Equipment : balls.
Long passing :
Groups of 3 players. One ball per group.A makes a long pass to B ; B passes backto C with one touch ; C passes back to B ;B makes a long pass to A ; A passes backto C ; etc. C runs from A to B to pass theball back.Changing roles regularly.
Instructions :
- long pass with the instep- alternating long passes with right and leftfoot- adapting distance between A and B
8 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 18 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3138
Long passing and crossing 20 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
One touch volley pass
Crossing + shooting
Focusing on the quality of the longpasses, one touch volley passes andcrosses.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Long passing + one touch passing +crossing + shooting :
A makes a long pass to B (then A runs infront of the goal to receive the cross) ;B passes back to C in one touch ; Ccrosses to A ; A shoots at the goal (with orwithout control).
Instructions :
- working on right and left foot- working on the different kind of longpasses (straight and air)- doubling positions depending on numberof players (doubling at least A)- changing roles regularly.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 18 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5025
Crossing and finishing 20 min
Crossing and finishing
Cross
Long pass
Volleying
Heading
Finishing
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good crosses.Looking for effectiveness in front of thegoal when receiving a cross.
9 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 19 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1016 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2007 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3136 / Long passing and crossing3140 / Long passing and crossing
20 min20 min
Match : 5025 / Crossing and finishing 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 25
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
10 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 19 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1016
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Getting open
Playing forward
Equipment: 1 ball, cones.
Big warm-up game:
50x30 yard field with areas at theextremities.6 vs 6 stop-ball (or more depending onthe number of players). To score, stop theball in the zone opposed to one's camp.Players don't wear pennies. Welldetermining teams before the start of thegame.
Instructions:
- free play- looking around
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 19 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2007
Speed 10 min
Speed
Vivacity
Speed agility
Speed
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Duel for the ball:
Have 2 teams of players. 5 yards spacesbetween cones.At the sonorous signal, players sprinttouching each cone of the slalom withtheir hand: the first player who arrivesshoots the ball.1 point given to the team per shot and 1bonus point per goal scored.
Variations:
- start standing up- start sitting down- start laying down
11 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 19 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3136
Long passing and crossing 20 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
Controlling
Crossing + shooting
Focusing on the quality of the longpasses, controls and crosses.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Technical course with long passes andcrosses :
Controlling, long passing, crossing andshooting sequences. Goals are about 35yards away from each other.A makes a long pass to B ; B controls andmakes a long pass to C ; C controls andcrosses to D who shoots at the goal withor without control.(At the same time, A' makes a long passto B' ; B' controls and makes a long passto C' ; C' controls and crosses to D' whoshoots.After the pass, the player moves to thenext position : A goes to B ; B to C ; D toA' ; A' to B' ; etc.Doubling positions depending on numberof players. Non stop course.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 19 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3140
Long passing and crossing 20 min
Long passing and crossing
Crossing
Finishing
Focusing on the quality of crosses and onfinishing.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
Crossing and finishing :
30x20 yard field with 2 outside alleys (3yards).4 vs 4 (3 players + 1 keeper) plus 1 playerin each outside alley who always playswith the team who passes the ball to him.Players can score after a cross only.
Instructions :
- passing the ball to the outside player assoon as a team gets the ball back- looking for the cross quickly- finishing
12 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 19 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5025
Crossing and finishing 20 min
Crossing and finishing
Cross
Long pass
Volleying
Heading
Finishing
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good crosses.Looking for effectiveness in front of thegoal when receiving a cross.
13 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 20 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1019 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2016 / Coordination 10 min
Tactical : 4060 / Direction of play4064 / Direction of play4061 / Direction of play
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5039 / Direction of play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
14 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 20 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1019
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Looking around
Getting open
Dribbling the ball
Equipment: 1 ball, cones, pennies (2colors).
Doors game:
40x30 yard field with small doors (2yards).5 vs 5 game (or more depending on thenumber of players). To score, dribble theball through one of the doors.After a goal, the play is still on but it isforbidden to score twice in a row on thesame door.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 20 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2016
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Agility
Frequency
Equipment: cones or bars.
Agility exercises:
Bars (or cones) are placed on the field(about 20 inches between cones or bars).
Race instructions:
- 2 steps (1 right foot and 1 left foot)between cones- going forward 2 cones then steppingback one cone; going forward 2 conesthen stepping back one cone; etc.
Variations:
First exercise: player faces the courseSecond exercise: player moves laterally
15 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 20 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4060
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones.
4 vs 3 keepaway :
20x10 yard field (two 10x10 yard squaresside to side). Four players (outside thesquares) try to keep possession of the ballagainst three defenders trying to get itback.Passes between players must be made atleast through one of both squares.Two of the defenders have to stay in theirsquare and the third defender can defendon both squares.The player who loses the ball becomesdefender. To score, passing the ball fromA to B (or B to A) with or without the helpof C and D.
Variations :
- free play- players are limited to 3 touches
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 20 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4064
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, Do nothesitate to play with the support. The ballcarrier must always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
5 vs 5 captains game :
35x20 yard field with 2 zones (3 yards) atthe extremities.4 vs 4 game inside the field. To score, theteam has to pass the ball to the fifthplayer (the captain) who is in the oppositezone. The team scores one point of thecaptain have the ball under control insidethe zone.Changing captains regularly. When ateam scores, the captain restarts the playfor the other team.
Instruction :
- choosing the forward solution in priority
16 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 20 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4061
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
6 vs 4 keepaway :
20x20 yard field. Make 2 teams of 6players.4 vs 4 inside the field + 2 players of eachteam on the sides. (see diagram)To score, reds have to bring the ball fromA to B (or B to A) ; yellows from C to D (orD to C).Changing outside players every 3minutes.
Variations :
- free play- limitation of the number of touchesdepending on level of players
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 20 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5039
Direction of play 20 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Respecting principles of play in thedirection of play.
17 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 21 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1030 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2011 / Speed 10 min
Tactical : 4055 / Direction of play4053 / Direction of play4052 / Direction of play
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5039 / Direction of play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
18 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 21 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1030
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game:
25x25 yard field with 4 small goals (2yards or bigger depending on the agegroup). 2 goals on each side. Each teamattacks and defends 2 goals.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 21 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2011
Speed 10 min
Speed
running speed
Gestural speed
Equipment: balls, cones.
Sprint and shot:
2 goals are 26 yards away from eachother. Have 2 teams.A passes the ball through a small goal (2yards) then sprints to get it back andshoot in the opposite goal.B does the same at the other side.One point for the player whom's ball getsin the goal first. After the shot, A goesbehind blues and B behind reds.
Variations:
- shooting right foot- shooting left foot
19 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 21 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4055
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game :
12 yard ray circular field. Three smallgoals (2 yards) are set up like on thediagram.4 vs 4 game. Each team attacks anddefends the 3 goals.
Instruction :
- if it is stuck on one side, reorientating theball other side
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 21 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4053
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, Do nothesitate to play with the support. The ballcarrier must always have support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game :
4 vs 4 game on a 25x25 yard field withsmall goals (2 yards).Each team attacks and defends 2 goals.Shooting allowed on both goals.
Instruction :
- if it is stuck on one side, playing the ballback and orientating it other side
20 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 21 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4052
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, Do nothesitate to play with the support. The ballcarrier must always have support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
5 vs 5 game :
5 vs 5 game on a 35x20 yards wider thanlonger field.Each team attacks and defends 3 smallgoals (2 yards).
To score :
- in the outside goals : dribbling the ballthrough- in the middle goal : free (shootingallowed)
Instruction :
- if it is stuck on one side, playing the ballback and directing it to the other side
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 21 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5039
Direction of play 20 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Respecting principles of play in thedirection of play.
21 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 22 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1034 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2013 / Coordination 10 min
Tactical : 4054 / Direction of play4065 / Direction of play4056 / Direction of play
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5039 / Direction of play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
22 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 22 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1034
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Looking around
Equipment: balls, cones.
4 vs 4 game without pennies:
35x20 yard field with goals (2 yards orbigger depending on the age group) andno keeper.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.Players do not wear pennies. Welldetermining teams before the start of thegame.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins but kick-ins- looking around
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 22 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2013
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Speed agility
Frequence
Equipment: cones or bars.
Agility exercise:
First exercise: two lines (lines or bars)parallel, 20 inches from each other:Alternating left foot step and right footstep outside the lines, and left foot stepand right foot step inside the lines (seediagram)Second exercise: using the outside fieldline or bars:Alternating left foot step and right footstep inside the field, and left foot step andright foot step outside the field (seediagram)
Instructions:
- vivacity- dynamism
23 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 22 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4054
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with support. The ball carrier mustalways have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
4 vs 4 stop-ball :
4 vs 4 game on a 35x20 yard field with 2yard zones at the extremities.To score, stopping the ball in the oppositezone.
Instruction :
- respecting priorities in the Direction ofplay to go to score
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 22 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4065
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, Do nothesitate to play with the support. The ballcarrier must always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
5 vs 5 gates game :
5 vs 5 game on a 40x30 yard field.Four 3 yard gates are set up near eachcorner of the field.To score, the player has to pass to one ofhis teammates through one of the 4 gates.
Instructions :
- a team is not allowed to score twice in arow on the same gate- if it is stuck on one side, redirecting theball to the other side
24 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 22 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4056
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
5 vs 5 stop-ball :
35x20 yard field wider than longer with a 3yard zone at the extremities.5 vs 5 game. To score, stopping the ballin the opposite zone.Respecting priorities in the Direction ofplay to go to score.
Instruction :
- if it is stuck on one side, reorientating theball other side
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 22 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5039
Direction of play 20 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Respecting principles of play in thedirection of play.
25 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 23 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1022 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2001 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3122 / Heading3123 / Heading3125 / Heading
15 min20 min20 min
Match : 5025 / Crossing and finishing 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 40
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
26 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 23 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1022
The touch 15 min
The touch
Juggling
Individual control of the ball
Balance
Coordination
Equipment: balls.
Juggling test:
2 players: one player juggles and theother one counts.3 attempts per player with each jugglingvariation (keep the highest score).Keeping track of the results.
Variations:
- Right foot- Left foot- Header- Free
- etc.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 23 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2001
Speed 10 min
Speed
running speed
Equipment: cones, decameter.
Speed tests:
Speed: 40 meters timed.Going back and forth speed: 4x10mtimed.One attempt on each course.Keeping track of times to compare themto previous tests.
27 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 23 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3122
Heading 15 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head. Passing with thehead.
Focusing on heading the ball correctly, onthe form 'prepare and strike'
Equipment : balls, cones.
Passing and shoting with the head :
Groups of 3 players. A 8x8 yard field with2 (about 4 yards) goals per group.A throws the ball to B ; B makes a leadpass to A with a header ; A tries to scoreon C with a header.Then C throws the ball to B who makes alead pass to C with a header ; C tries toscore on A with a header.Changing roles regularly.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 23 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3123
Heading 20 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head. Shooting withthe head.
Focusing on heading the ball correctly, onthe form 'prepare and strike'
Equipment : balls, cones.
Shooting with the head :
A throws a lead pass to B who attacks theball and shoot at the goal with a header.
Variations :
Variation 1 : ball coming from the right +header (see diagram)Variation 2 : ball coming from the left +header
28 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 23 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3125
Heading 20 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head. Passing andshooting with the head.
Focusing on heading the ball correctly, onthe form 'prepare and strike'
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
3 vs 3 heading game :
15x15 yard field with goals.Two teams play against each other : 3players + 1 keeper per team.
Instructions :
- passing the ball with the head- scoring with a header- when the ball falls, picking up the ballwith the hands and passing it with thehead
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 23 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5025
Crossing and finishing 20 min
Crossing and finishing
Cross
Long pass
Volleying
Heading
Finishing
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good crosses.Looking for effectiveness in front of thegoal when receiving a cross.
29 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 24 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1024 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2005 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3126 / Volleying3130 / Volleying3131 / Volleying
10 min20 min15 min
Match : 5025 / Crossing and finishing 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
30 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 24 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1024
The touch 15 min
The touch
Controlling an air ball
Improving the touch
Equipment: balls, cones, net or barriers.
Soccer tennis:
2 vs 2 game. Two 6 square yards perside.At the beginning, allow 2 bounces thenlimiting to one bounce only. The bouncecan be used whenever the players want.Playing like volleyball: 2 passes maximumand passing the ball to the other side.The serve, from behind the back line, is apass to the opponent.Net = barriers, cones, string, etc. or 3yards space with cones between camps.
Variations:
- free play- limiting to 1 or 2 touches- adapting rules to the level of the players- playing 1 vs 1, 2 vs 2 or 3 vs 3
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 24 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2005
Speed 10 min
Speed
changing speed
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Race - Relays:
Making 2 teams. 5 yards spaces betweenlines of cones. At the sonorous signal, thefirst player of each team gets the ballplaced on the second line and brings itback to the first line;then they run to get the ball placed on thethird line and bring it back to the hands ofthe next player.This player brings the ball back to thesecond line then comes back to get theball placed on the first line and brings itback to the third line.They run back to give the relay to the thirdplayer tagging him in the hand, act.Alternatively, players bring back orreplace the balls.The first team to finish wins. Do severalrounds.
31 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 24 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3126
Volleying 10 min
Volleying
Volley passing
Focusing on the volley form.
Equipment : balls.
Volley passing :
Groups of 2 players. One ball per group.Face to face, A throws the ball to B whovolleys it back to A.
Volleys to make :
- inside right foot- inside left foot- instep tight foot- instep left foot
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 24 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3130
Volleying 20 min
Volleying
Crossing
Volley shooting
Focusing on the volley form. Crossing andvolley shooting.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Crossing + volleying :
A crosses to B ; B attacks the ball andvolleys it in the goal. Then A' crosses to B'who attaks the ball and volleys it. Etc.
Variations :
Variation 1 : volleying a ball coming fromthe rightVariation 2 : volleying a ball coming fromthe left
Instructions :
- volleying right and left foot- A and A' cross with their good foot- throwing the ball if players can not cross
32 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 24 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3131
Volleying 15 min
Volleying
Volley shooting. Bicycle kicks.
Focusing on the volley form.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Acrobatic volleying :
B is back to the goal ; A throws the ball toB ; B makes an acrobatic volley.
Variations (the player choses) :
- bicycle kick- acrobatic volley
Comments :
- demonstrating if possible- explaining the good form of the bicyclekick
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 24 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5025
Crossing and finishing 20 min
Crossing and finishing
Cross
Long pass
Volleying
Heading
Finishing
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good crosses.Looking for effectiveness in front of thegoal when receiving a cross.
33 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training programDate : 08/08/2007
Theme of the program : No theme
Type : Yearly of 56 sessions (2 per week)
Number of sessions per week : 2
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Comments :
Session 1 : No printed
Session 2 : No printed
Session 3 : No printed
Session 4 : No printed
Session 5 : No printed
Session 6 : No printed
Session 7 : No printed
Session 8 : No printed
Session 9 : No printed
Session 10 : No printed
Session 11 : No printed
Session 12 : No printed
Session 13 : No printed
Session 14 : No printed
Session 15 : No printed
Session 16 : No printed
Session 17 : No printed
Session 18 : No printed
Session 19 : No printed
Session 20 : No printed
Session 21 : No printed
Session 22 : No printed
Session 23 : No printed
Session 24 : No printed
Session 25 : Creating space
Session 26 : Creating space
Session 27 : Creating space
Session 28 : Creating space
Session 29 : Creating space
Session 30 : Creating space
Session 31 : One touch play
Session 32 : One touch play
Session 33 : No printed
Session 34 : No printed
Session 35 : No printed
Session 36 : No printed
Session 37 : No printed
Session 38 : No printed
Session 39 : No printed
Session 40 : No printed
Session 41 : No printed
Session 42 : No printed
Session 43 : No printed
Session 44 : No printed
Session 45 : No printed
Session 46 : No printed
Session 47 : No printed
Session 48 : No printed
Session 49 : No printed
Session 50 : No printed
Session 51 : No printed
Session 52 : No printed
Session 53 : No printed
Session 54 : No printed
Session 55 : No printed
Session 56 : No printed
1 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 25 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1015 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2003 / Speed 10 min
Tactical : 4002 / Getting open4005 / Getting open
15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 15
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
2 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 25 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1015
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Keeping possession of the ball
Playing forward
Keeper throw
Long air pass
Equipment: 1 ball, pennies (2 colors).
Big warm-up game:
60x40 yard field with areas at theextremities.Two teams play against each other (6v6or more) depending on the number ofplayers. Keepers are in the zone opposedto their camp.To score, the keeper has to catch an airpass without releasing it.
Instructions:
- free play- after a goal and when there is a goalkick, the keeper throws the ball for theother team- no corner kick (throw from the keeper tothe opposite team)
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 25 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2003
Speed 10 min
Speed
running speed
Gestural speed
Equipment: balls, cones.
Sprinting and shooting:
2 goals face to face (26 yards) withkeepers.A passes the ball to B and B passes theball to A.After their pass, A and B sprint to receivethe ball from their teammate and shoot atthe goal (First time shot).One point for the player whom's ball getsin the net first. After the shot, A goes to Band B goes to A.
Variations:
- passing in front of oneself and sprintingdiagonally (diagram)- passing diagonally and sprinting straightahead
3 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 25 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4002
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones.
4 vs 2 keep-away:
Groups of 6 players. One ball per group, a15x15 yard field (with a diagonal) pergroup.Four players try to keep possession of theball against two defenders who try to get itback.Each defender has to stay in one'striangle.
Variations:
- Have teams of 2 players: both players ofthe team that loses the ball becomedefenders- only the player who loses the ballbecomes defender
Instructions:
- leading players in their moves ifnecessary- helping the ball carrier
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 25 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4005
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (4colors).
6 vs 2 keep-away:
Making teams of 2 players. 20x20 squareyard field.2 vs 2 inside the field. The team with theball tries to keep possession of it with thehelp of 4 outside players who always playwith the team who has the ball.Changing teams in the middle every 2minutes.Counting number of passes: at the end ofthe game, the team that made the mostpasses consecutively without losing theball wins.
Variations:
- outside players are limited to 2 then 1touch- outside players cannot pass to eachother- only passes between inside playerscount as a point
4 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 25 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
5 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 26 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1033 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2020 / Speed and coordination 10 min
Tactical : 4012 / Getting open4018 / Getting open
15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open5060 / Free play
20 min20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
6 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 26 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1033
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
3 vs 3 game:
30x20 yard field with small goals (2 yardsor bigger depending on the age group)and a impenetrable box (2x3 yards) infront of each goal.To score, the player must be in theopponent’s half. Nobody is allowed to stepinside the box in front of the goals.3 vs 3 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 26 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2020
Speed and coordination 10 min
Speed and coordination
Running speed
Speed agility
Equipment : bars, cones, pinnies (2colors).
Relay race :
Making 2 teams. Races.The player, holding a ball in his hands,runs through the course as fast aspossible following the instructions thengives the ball to the next player. Thisplayer does the same. And on and on untilevery player has done it.Doing several rounds.
Variations :
- shuffle between bars then standingjumps over each cone + shuffle betweenbars then sprint up to the teammate- same running backward then sprint up tothe teammate
7 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 26 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4012
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Checkers game:
20x15 yard field split in 5x5 square yards.Two teams of 6 players take place on thefield like on the diagram. Each player hasto stay in their own square delimited percones.The team that has the ball tries to keep it.1 point for the team that makes 10 passesconsecutively.
Variations:
- free play- players have 4 seconds to release theball- no voice communication
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 26 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4018
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (5colors).
8 vs 2 keep away:
35x25 yard field. 5 teams of 2 players.Four teams try to keep possession of theball against one team that tries to get itback. AThe team losing the ball becomes thedefending team.diagram: Red, Blue, Green and Yellowplay together against White.
Instructions:
- looking for safety- playing the ball where there are lessopponents- looking for and creating space
8 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 26 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 26 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5060
Free play 20 min
Free play
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Free play.No specific instructions.
9 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 27 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1021 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2005 / Speed 10 min
Tactical : 4015 / Getting open4016 / Getting open
15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 15
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
10 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 27 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1021
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Long air pass
Game for keepers
Equipment: 1 ball, cones, pennies (2colors).
Big warm-up game:
An 8x8 yard area is in the middle of a25x25 square yard field.5 vs 5 game (or more depending on thenumber of players). The keeper is in themiddle area. No other player is allowed tostep in the middle area.To score, one has to pass the ball in theair to the keeper who has to catch the ballwithout releasing it. The keeper alwaysplays with the team that has the ball.
Instructions:
- free play- limiting the number of touches
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 27 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2005
Speed 10 min
Speed
changing speed
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Race - Relays:
Making 2 teams. 5 yards spaces betweenlines of cones. At the sonorous signal, thefirst player of each team gets the ballplaced on the second line and brings itback to the first line;then they run to get the ball placed on thethird line and bring it back to the hands ofthe next player.This player brings the ball back to thesecond line then comes back to get theball placed on the first line and brings itback to the third line.They run back to give the relay to the thirdplayer tagging him in the hand, act.Alternatively, players bring back orreplace the balls.The first team to finish wins. Do severalrounds.
11 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 27 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4015
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (3colors).
3 vs 2 attacking waves:
Teams of 3 players.The Red team (3 players) attacks the Blueteam (2 players and 1 keeper). TheYellow team is waiting in the midfield.When the play is over: the Blue teamgoes to the midfield and waits; the Redteam defends; the Yellow team attacks.If the defense gets the ball back; it has toplay it in the feet of one of the player ofthe waiting team.
Instructions:
- asking the ball carrier to challenge thedefense- asking other players to spread out tocreate space
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 27 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4016
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
3 vs 2 attacking:
Groups of 6 players. 35x20 yard field pergroup (see diagram).The Red team (3 players) attacks the Blueteam (2 players and 1 keeper).When the play is over: the Red team goesback to defense (2 players and 1 keeper);the Blue team attacks (3 players).
Instruction:
- no counter-attack (if a defender gets theball back, he has to pass it back to hiskeeper, giving time to the opponent to goback in defense
12 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 27 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
13 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 28 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1035 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2015 / Coordination 10 min
Tactical : 4006 / Getting open4010 / Getting open
15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 15
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
14 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 28 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1035
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game:
35x20 yard field with goals (2 yards orbigger depending on the age of group)placed inside the goaline (players canplay behind the goals). Players can scorein both of the goals.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 28 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2015
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Agility
Vivacity
Fake
Equipment: pennies (1 color).
Agility and vivacity:
Have groups of 2 players.Each player has a pennie placed on theback (half in the short).Duel: trying to take opponent's penniewhile keeping one's own pennie. Onepoint scored each time a player takes thepinnie.1 minute games. Changing opponentregularly.
Variation:
- no pennie: to score, touching one of theopponent's feet
15 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 28 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4006
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (3colors).
8 vs 4 game:
Making 3 teams of 4 players. 25x25square yard field.4 vs 4 inside the field.The team that has the ball tries to keeppossession of it with the help of theoutside players who always play with theteam who has the ball.Changing middle teams every 3 minutes.
Variations:
- outside players are limited to 2 touchesthen 1 touch- outside players cannot pass to eachother- only passes between inside playerscount as a point
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 28 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4010
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
6 vs 4 keep away:
20x20 square yard field split in 4 squares.6 players (4 outside and 2 inside the field)try to keep possession of the ball against4 defenders (inside the field).Each defender has to stay in their square.Have 5 teams of 2 players. Changingroles of players every 2 minutes.
Variations:
- 1 point per pass made to the midfielder- 1 point per 1-2 made betweenmidfielders
16 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 28 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
17 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 29 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1017 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2006 / Speed 10 min
Tactical : 4019 / Getting open4014 / Getting open
15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 15
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
18 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 29 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1017
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Passing
Getting open
Equipment: balls, cones.
Keep-away 4 vs 2:
12x12 yard field. Four players are outsideof the field and try to keep possession ofthe ball. Two defenders are inside thefield and try to intercept the ball.The player who loses the ball becomesdefender.
Variations:
- free play- 2 touches maximum
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 29 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2006
Speed 10 min
Speed
Reaction speed
Running speed
Equipment: cones.
Elimination race:
All the players are inside of a 6-yarddiameter circle.Cones are 10 yards away around thecircle. There are 2 cones more than thereare players.At the sonorous signal, players run up to acone and stop at the cone.The 2 players who are not at a cone areeliminated.Start again taking away 2 more cones,etc. The players remaining at the end win.Do several rounds.
Variations:
- players jog in the circle- players move on all four in the circle- players crawl in the circle
19 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 29 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4019
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (4colors).
9 vs 3 keep away:
35x25 yard field. 4 teams of 3 players.Three teams try to keep possession of theball against one team that tries to get itback. AThe team losing the ball becomes thedefending team.diagram: Red, Green and Yellow playtogether against White.
Instructions:
- looking for safety- playing the ball where there are lessopponents- looking for and creating space
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 29 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4014
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Gates game:
35x25 yard field with five 2 yard gatesspread out all over the field.4 vs 4 game. To score, a player has tomake a pass to a teammate through oneof the 5 gates.
Variations:
- players are not allowed to score twice ina row on the same gate- adding or taking off a gate
20 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 29 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
21 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 30 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1031 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2011 / Speed 10 min
Tactical : 4021 / Getting open4020 / Getting open
15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 15
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
22 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 30 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1031
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game:
25x25 square yard field with 4 goals (2yards or bigger depending on the agegroup).Both teams can score on all the goals.Each team attacks and defends 4 goals.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- substitute throw-ins with corner-kicks
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 30 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2011
Speed 10 min
Speed
running speed
Gestural speed
Equipment: balls, cones.
Sprint and shot:
2 goals are 26 yards away from eachother. Have 2 teams.A passes the ball through a small goal (2yards) then sprints to get it back andshoot in the opposite goal.B does the same at the other side.One point for the player whom's ball getsin the goal first. After the shot, A goesbehind blues and B behind reds.
Variations:
- shooting right foot- shooting left foot
23 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 30 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4021
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
3 vs 3 directed stop-ball:
Teams of 3 players. 20x25 yard fieldswider than longer with areas at 2extremities.3 vs 3 game. To score, stop the ball in theopposite area.Asking players to constantly help andoffer solutions to the ball carrier.Changing opponent every 3 minutes ifthere are several fields.
Variations:
- free play- players are limited to 2 touches
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 30 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4020
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
3 vs 3 directed game:
30x20 yard fields with small goals (2-3yards).3 vs 3 game.Asking players to constantly help andoffer solutions to the ball carrier.
Instructions:
- free play- stopping the game to explain anddemonstrate if necessary
24 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 30 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
25 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 31 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1029 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2007 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3088 / One touch play3089 / One touch play3105 / One touch play
10 min10 min20 min
Match : 5018 / One touch play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 25
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
26 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 31 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1029
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game:
35x20 yard field with goals (2 yards orbigger depending on the age group) andno keeper.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 31 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2007
Speed 10 min
Speed
Vivacity
Speed agility
Speed
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Duel for the ball:
Have 2 teams of players. 5 yards spacesbetween cones.At the sonorous signal, players sprinttouching each cone of the slalom withtheir hand: the first player who arrivesshoots the ball.1 point given to the team per shot and 1bonus point per goal scored.
Variations:
- start standing up- start sitting down- start laying down
27 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 31 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3088
One touch play 10 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls.
One touch passing :
Groups of 2 players. One ball per group.Face to face : passing using one touchonly. Using right and left foot.
Instructions :
- 7-8 yards space between players- being on one's toes- attacking the ball- keeping the ball on the ground
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 31 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3089
One touch play 10 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls.
One touch passing :
Groups of 3 players. One ball per group.Triangle : passing the ball to each otherusing only one touch (no control).
Instructions :
- 7-8 yards space between players- being on one's toes- attacking the ball- keeping the ball on the ground
28 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 31 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3105
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
First time shot
Focusing on the quality of the shot payingattention to the body position.
Equipment : balls, cones.
One touch shooting :
A passes to B ; B attacks the ball andshoots (First time shot).
Variations :
Variation 1 : ball coming from the left +shot right foot (see diagram)Variation 2 : ball coming from the right +shot left foot
Coaching points :
- attacking the ball- paying attention to the body position
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 31 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5018
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.One touch play to win time and acceleratethe pace of the play when the situationasks for it.
29 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 32 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1013 / Technical exercise 15 min
Physical : 2014 / Coordination 10 min
Technical : 3088 / One touch play3091 / One touch play3113 / One touch play
10 min10 min20 min
Match : 5018 / One touch play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 25
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
30 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 32 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1013
Technical exercise 15 min
Technical exercise
Dribbling the ball
Pass
One touch, pass back
Equipment: balls, cones.
One touch, pass back:
Players evolve in a 20x20 square yardfield.Half of the players have a ball.Players with a ball dribble and pass toplayers without a ball who pass back tothem with one touch to their feet.Changing roles regularly.
Instructions:
- accurate and well directed passes- players without ball jog- composure in one touch passes back
Variations:
- passing and passing back with the lessstronger foot
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 32 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2014
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Running techniques
Agility
Jumps
Lateralization
Equipment : none.
Running techniques :
Two or three lines of players one behindanother.The trainer runs with the players andgives the instructions alternating runningtechniques.
Running techniques :
- high knees ; heel-butt touches-shuffle (Forward; backward)-criss-cross (Forward; backward)- running backward, forward, andbackward, etc.- hopping on right and left feet (forward;backward)-roll-over ; flexion ; extension- etc.
31 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 32 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3088
One touch play 10 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls.
One touch passing :
Groups of 2 players. One ball per group.Face to face : passing using one touchonly. Using right and left foot.
Instructions :
- 7-8 yards space between players- being on one's toes- attacking the ball- keeping the ball on the ground
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 32 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3091
One touch play 10 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls.
One touch give-and-go :
Groups of 4 players. One ball per group.One touch give-and-go : players arelimited to one touch.The player passes the ball and runsbehind the last player of the opposite line.
Instructions :
- keeping the ball on the ground- using right and left foot
32 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 32 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3113
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
First time shot
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on the quality ofthe shots.
Equipment : balls, cones, sticks.
One touch passing and shooting :
A passes to B ; B makes a one touch leadpass to A ; A goes around the cone andtakes a First time shot at the goal.
Variations :
Variation 1 : ball coming from the left +shot right foot ( see diagram)Variation 2 : ball coming from the right +shot left foot
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 32 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5018
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.One touch play to win time and acceleratethe pace of the play when the situationasks for it.
33 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training programDate : 08/08/2007
Theme of the program : No theme
Type : Yearly of 56 sessions (2 per week)
Number of sessions per week : 2
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Comments :
Session 1 : No printed
Session 2 : No printed
Session 3 : No printed
Session 4 : No printed
Session 5 : No printed
Session 6 : No printed
Session 7 : No printed
Session 8 : No printed
Session 9 : No printed
Session 10 : No printed
Session 11 : No printed
Session 12 : No printed
Session 13 : No printed
Session 14 : No printed
Session 15 : No printed
Session 16 : No printed
Session 17 : No printed
Session 18 : No printed
Session 19 : No printed
Session 20 : No printed
Session 21 : No printed
Session 22 : No printed
Session 23 : No printed
Session 24 : No printed
Session 25 : No printed
Session 26 : No printed
Session 27 : No printed
Session 28 : No printed
Session 29 : No printed
Session 30 : No printed
Session 31 : No printed
Session 32 : No printed
Session 33 : One touch play
Session 34 : One touch play
Session 35 : One touch play
Session 36 : One touch play
Session 37 : One touch play
Session 38 : One touch play
Session 39 : Long passing and crossing
Session 40 : Long passing and crossing
Session 41 : No printed
Session 42 : No printed
Session 43 : No printed
Session 44 : No printed
Session 45 : No printed
Session 46 : No printed
Session 47 : No printed
Session 48 : No printed
Session 49 : No printed
Session 50 : No printed
Session 51 : No printed
Session 52 : No printed
Session 53 : No printed
Session 54 : No printed
Session 55 : No printed
Session 56 : No printed
1 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 33 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1014 / Technical exercise 15 min
Physical : 2010 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3095 / One touch play3092 / One touch play3109 / One touch play
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5018 / One touch play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
2 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 33 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1014
Technical exercise 15 min
Technical exercise
1-2
Asking for the ball
One touch
Equipment: balls, cones.
The 1-2:
Players evolve in a 30x20 yard field. Halfof the players have a ball.Ball carriers play 1-2 with players withouta ball.A passes to B and asks for the ball,sprinting; B makes a lead pass with onetouch.If, after his pass, A doesn't ask for theball, B controls it and becomes a ballcarrier.
Instructions:
- accurate and well directed passes- players without ball jog and ask for theball- composure in one touch passes back
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 33 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2010
Speed 10 min
Speed
Reaction speed
Equipment: sticks.
Reaction speed:
Groups of 2 players then 3 players.Two players are 3 yards away from eachother each holding a stick.At the signal, they release one's stick andcatching teammate's stick before it falls.Same game with 3 players.
Variations:
- at the sonorous signal (Go!)- Visual signal: at the start of a determinedplayer and in the way he chose
3 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 33 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3095
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls, cones.
One touch passing :
Groups of 4 players. One ball per group.A passes to B who passes back to A ; Apasses to C (A runs behind C). C passesto B who passes back to C ; etc.Players are limited to one touch.Changing B regularly.
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball- keeping the ball on the ground
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 33 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3092
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls, cones.
One touch passing :
Groups of 5 players. One ball per group.A passes to B who makes a lead pass toA ; A passes to C who makes a lead passto A ; A passes to D and runs behind D.D does the same course like A in theother direction.Changing position regularly.
Instructions :
- no control (one touch pass)- being on one's toes when receiving theball- attacking the ball
4 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 33 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3109
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Focusing on the quality of the shotspaying attention at the position of thebody.
Equipment : balls, cones.
One touch shooting :
A passes to B ; B makes a lead pass to A; A passes to C who makes a lead pass toA ; A shoots at the goal.
Instructions :
- players are limited to one touch- using right foot and left to pass andshoot- changing positions regularly
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 33 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5018
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.One touch play to win time and acceleratethe pace of the play when the situationasks for it.
5 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 34 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1030 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2013 / Coordination 10 min
Technical : 3093 / One touch play3090 / One touch play3107 / One touch play
10 min15 min20 min
Match : 5018 / One touch play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
6 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 34 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1030
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game:
25x25 yard field with 4 small goals (2yards or bigger depending on the agegroup). 2 goals on each side. Each teamattacks and defends 2 goals.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 34 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2013
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Speed agility
Frequence
Equipment: cones or bars.
Agility exercise:
First exercise: two lines (lines or bars)parallel, 20 inches from each other:Alternating left foot step and right footstep outside the lines, and left foot stepand right foot step inside the lines (seediagram)Second exercise: using the outside fieldline or bars:Alternating left foot step and right footstep inside the field, and left foot step andright foot step outside the field (seediagram)
Instructions:
- vivacity- dynamism
7 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 34 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3093
One touch play 10 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls.
One touch passing :
Groups of 3 players. One ball per group.Triangle : passing the ball to each otherusing only one touch (no control).Players can change the direction ofpasses whenever they want.
Instructions :
- 7-8 yards space between players- being on one's toes- attacking the ball- keeping the ball on the ground
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 34 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3090
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls, cones.
4 vs 1 keepaway (no control) :
Groups of 5 players with one ball pergroup. 10x10 yard field.Four players try to keep possession of theball against one defender.The player who loses the ball becomesthe defender.Players are limited to one touch.
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
8 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 34 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3107
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on the quality ofthe shots.
Equipment : balls.
One touch passes and shots course :
A passes to B. B attacks the ball andpasses back to A who shoots at the goal.A goes to B and B goes to A.Same for C and D on the other goal.
Instructions :
- players are limited to one touch- using right foot and left to pass andshoot
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 34 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5018
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.One touch play to win time and acceleratethe pace of the play when the situationasks for it.
9 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 35 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1007 / Technical exercise 15 min
Physical : 2018 / Speed and coordination 10 min
Technical : 3099 / One touch play3101 / One touch play3111 / One touch play
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5018 / One touch play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
10 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 35 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1007
Technical exercise 15 min
Technical exercise
1-2
Asking for a lead pass
Asking for the ball
Equipment: balls, cones.
The one-two:
All the players are inside a 30x30 squareyard area. Groups of 2 players and oneball per group.The objective is to make 1-2. To make avaluable 1-2, player must pass to histeammate and receive a lead pass afterhaving run behind another player. 1 pointper good 1-2.
Instructions:
- all players must be moving- players have to pass the ball andaccelerate, asking for a lead pass- being precise in one-touch passes
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 35 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2018
Speed and coordination 10 min
Speed and coordination
Speed agility
Vivacity
Reaction speed
Coordination
Equipment : cones.
Miror game :
Setting several fields composed of two7x7 yard square. 2 players per field.The 2 players face each other each ofthem being in the middle of his square.A leads the game : A runs and touches acone with his hand. B plays the reflectionof A.Going slowly at the beginning then fastwhen the game is well understood.Changing role every 30 seconds.
Instructions :
- A must always go to touch a cone- A and B are always facing each other
Variation :
- B tries to imitate A but when A goesforward B has to go backward and whenA goes backward B has to go forward
11 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 35 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3099
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls.
One touch passing :
Groups of 3 players. Two balls per group.Both A and C have a ball. A passes to Bwho passes back to A in one touch thenturns around ; C passes to B who passesback to C then turns around ; etc.B must be on one's toes constantly.Changing B regularly.
Instructions :
- one touch passing (no control)- quality of passes : weigh and accuracy- being on one's toes
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 35 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3101
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls, cones.
/4 one touch passing exercise :
Groups of 4 players. One ball per group.A passes to B who passes back to A withone touch ; A passes diagonally to C ; Cpasses to D who passes back to C ; Cpasses diagonally to B ; etc. (seediagram)After his pass B runs in A and A in B ;after his pass D runs in C and C in D.
Instructions :
- one touch passing (no control)- quality of passes : weigh and accuracy- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
12 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 35 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3111
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on the quality ofthe shots.
Equipment : balls, cones.
One touch shooting :
A passes to B then makes an overlap runbehind B ; B passes to C ; C passes to Awho shoots.
Variations :
Variation 1 : pass from C to A comes fromthe left + shot right foot (see diagram)Variation 2 : pass from C to A comes fromthe right + shot left foot
Instructions :
- players are limited to one touch- good weight and accuracy in one touchpasses- changing positions regularly : shooters,passers ; ball-boys
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 35 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5018
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.One touch play to win time and acceleratethe pace of the play when the situationasks for it.
13 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 36 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1032 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2012 / Coordination 10 min
Technical : 3104 / One touch play3096 / One touch play3112 / One touch play
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5018 / One touch play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
14 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 36 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1032
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
3 vs 3 game:
30x20 yard fields with small goals (2yards or bigger depending on the agegroup) with no keeper.3 vs 3 game; 3 minutes per game; rotateopponent.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 36 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2012
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Speed agility
Equipment: cones, sticks.
Coordination course:
Starting every 3 seconds, players runthrough the course (see diagram)respecting the following instructions.
Course instructions:
A: running through sticks without touchingthemB: 3x’s hopping on right foot; 3x’s hoppingon left footC: running backwardD: stepping on the right and on the left ofthe bars (never between them)E: between bars going forwardF: shuffle between bars going backward
15 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 36 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3104
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy).
Asking for the one-two.
Making a one touch lead pass
Equipment : balls, cones, sticks.
One-two :
Groups of 6 players. One ball per group.Players take place like on the diagram.A dribbles the ball, eliminates the stick,making a one-two with B and passes to Cin one touch. Then C does the same inthe other way with D and passes to E ;etc.Changing B and D regularly.Challenging the stick, asking for theone-two passing to the teammate andaccelerating just after the pass.
Instructions :
- 1-2 with one touch passing- B and D are on one's toes- good weight and accuracy in one touchpasses
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 36 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3096
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls, cones.
One touch passing :
Groups of 6 players. Two balls per group.A passes to B who passes with theoutside to C ; B runs around F ; C passesback to B ; B passes to D.(At the same time, D passed to F whopassed outside to E ; F run around B ; Epassed back to F ; F passed to A)Then A passes to F ; etc. (At the sametime, D passes to B ; etc.)
Instructions :
- A and D starts at the same time- alternating the way of rotation to useoutside right foot and left foot- changing positions regularly
16 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 36 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3112
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on the quality ofthe shots.
Equipment : balls, cones.
One touch passing and shooting :
A passes to B who passes back to A ; Amakes a soft in-depth pass to B ; Bpasses laterally to C who shoots at thegoal.Players are limited to one touch.Changing positions regularly.
Variations :
Variation 1 : pass from A to C comes fromthe right + shot right foot (see diagram)Variation 2 : pass from A to C comes fromthe left + shot left foot
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 36 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5018
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.One touch play to win time and acceleratethe pace of the play when the situationasks for it.
17 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 37 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1035 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2004 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3100 / One touch play3097 / One touch play3115 / One touch play
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5018 / One touch play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
18 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 37 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1035
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game:
35x20 yard field with goals (2 yards orbigger depending on the age of group)placed inside the goaline (players canplay behind the goals). Players can scorein both of the goals.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 37 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2004
Speed 10 min
Speed
reacting to a sonorous signal
Running speed
Equipment: cones, pennies (2 colors).
Sprint duel:
Races per 2 players. 6 and 8-yard spacesbetween lines 1, 2, and 3.At the sonorous signal, both playerscomplete the following course(determined by 3 lines) as fast aspossible:sprinting from 1 to 2; running backwardfrom 2 to 1 then sprinting up to the line 3.1 point for the team per duel won. A duelat a time (no relay).
Variations:
- start standing up- start sitting down- start laying down
19 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 37 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3100
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls.
One touch passing :
Groups of 3 players. One ball per group.A passes to B who passes back to A inone touch ; A passes to C ; C passes to Bwho just turned around ; B passes back toC ; C passes to A ; et.All passes are made with one touch. Bturns around and let the ball go past himafter each of his pass.
Instructions :
- players are limited to one touch (nocontrol)- quality of passes : weigh and accuracy- being on one's toes
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 37 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3097
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls, cones.
5 vs 2 keepaway (no control) :
Groups of 7 players with one ball pergroup. 10x10 yards squares. 5 players (4outside + 1 inside the field) try to keeppossession of the ball against 2defenders.Each defender has to stay in his square.A is allowed to play in both squares.Players are limited to one touch (nocontrol play).One point scored each time the midfieldertouches the ball without losing it.
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
20 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 37 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3115
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
First time shot
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on the quality ofthe shots.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Technical course :
One touch passing and shootingsequences. Setting players like on thediagram.A passes to B who passes to C ; Cpasses to D who passes to E ; E shoots atthe goal. Everything in one touch (onetouch passing and shooting).After a pass, the player moves to the nextposition : A goes in B, B in C, ..., E in A.Doubling positons if necessary.
Instructions :
- good weight and accuracy in one touchpasses- being on one's toes
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 37 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5018
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.One touch play to win time and acceleratethe pace of the play when the situationasks for it.
21 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 38 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1008 / Technical exercise 15 min
Physical : 2016 / Coordination 10 min
Technical : 3102 / One touch play3114 / One touch play3108 / One touch play
15 min20 min20 min
Match : 5018 / One touch play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 40
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
22 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 38 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1008
Technical exercise 15 min
Technical exercise
1-2
Passing and moving
Asking for the ball
Asking for a lead pass
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
The 1-2:
4 vs 4: two teams of 4 players playagainst each other on a 20x20 squareyard field.Keeping possession of the ball. Trying toplay 1-2 with their teammates. One pointscored per 1-2 correctly made.
Instructions:
- passing and asking for the ball- passing and accelerating- concentration and application inone-touch passes
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 38 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2016
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Agility
Frequency
Equipment: cones or bars.
Agility exercises:
Bars (or cones) are placed on the field(about 20 inches between cones or bars).
Race instructions:
- 2 steps (1 right foot and 1 left foot)between cones- going forward 2 cones then steppingback one cone; going forward 2 conesthen stepping back one cone; etc.
Variations:
First exercise: player faces the courseSecond exercise: player moves laterally
23 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 38 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3102
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
One touch passing :
Splitting players in 2 groups (red andyellow). Reds take place like on thediagram.A passes to D who passes back to A'sfeet ; then A passes with one touch to Ewho passes back to A's feet ; A passes toF who passes back to A's feet ; etc.When F passed back to A, B starts anddoes like A (B passes to D, etc.)When every yellow player has done it Arestarts in the other way. Changing redsand yellows roles regularly.
Instructions :
- players are limited to one touch (nocontrol)- being on one's toes- quality of passes : weigh and accuracy
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 38 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3114
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
First time shot
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on the quality ofthe shots.
Equipment : balls, cones, sticks.
One touch passing and shooting :
A passes to B ; B passes back to A andasks for a depth pass ; A makes a leadpass to B ; B passes to C who shoots atthe goal.No control : one touch passes and Firsttime shots.
Variations :
Variation 1 : ball coming from the left +shot (see diagram)Variation 2 : ball coming from the right +shot
Instructions :
- pass from A to C well measured out- B runs around the stick before asking fora in-depth pass
24 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 38 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3108
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on the quality ofthe shots.
Equipment : balls.
One touch passes and shots course :
A passes to B then runs in front of thegoal. B passes to A who makes a leadpass to B. B shoots at the goal.Same for C and D on the other goal.
Instructions :
- players are limited to one touch- using right foot and left to pass andshoot
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 38 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5018
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.One touch play to win time and acceleratethe pace of the play when the situationasks for it.
25 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 39 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1026 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2002 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3132 / Long passing3135 / Long passing and crossing3136 / Long passing and crossing
15 min20 min20 min
Match : 5025 / Crossing and finishing 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 40
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
26 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 39 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1026
The touch 15 min
The touch
Controlling an air ball
Improving the touch
Balance
Coordination
Equipment: balls, cones.
Juggling relay:
Groups of 3 players with one ball pergroup.Team race relay.A juggles through the slalom and passesto B; B juggles through the slalom in theother way and passes to C; etc.If the ball falls, the player restarts at thespot where the ball has fallen.
Variations:
- restarting from the beginning if the ballfalls- going around each cone
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 39 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2002
Speed 10 min
Speed
Reaction speed
Running speed
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Duel for the ball :
Races per 2 players. 5 yards spacebetween cones.At the sonorous signal, players sprint,going around the cones of the slalom: thefirst player arriving to the ball shoots.1 point for the team per shot and onebonus point per goal scored.One duel at a time (no relay).
Variations:
- start standing up- start sitting down- start laying down
27 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 39 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3132
Long passing 15 min
Long passing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
Focusing on the form of the long passesand quality of the controls.
Equipment : balls.
Long pass :
Groups of 2 players. One ball per group.Face to face : A makes a long pass to B ;B controls the ball then makes a longpass to A ; etc.
Instructions :
- working on long passes right and leftfoot- working on the different kind of longpasses (straight long pass and high longpass)- adapting distance between A and B- free first touch
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 39 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3135
Long passing and crossing 20 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
One touch volley pass
Crossing + shooting
Focusing on the good form of the longpass, on quality of the one touch volleypasses and crosses.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Long passing + one touch passing +crossing + shooting :
A makes a long pass to B ; B makes aone touch lead pass to A ; A crosses to C; C shoots at the goal (with or withoutcontrolling the ball) .Doubling positions. 3 minutes perposition.
Instructions :
- working on right and left foot- working on the different kind of longpasses (straight and air)- good weight and accuracy in passes
28 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 39 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3136
Long passing and crossing 20 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
Controlling
Crossing + shooting
Focusing on the quality of the longpasses, controls and crosses.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Technical course with long passes andcrosses :
Controlling, long passing, crossing andshooting sequences. Goals are about 35yards away from each other.A makes a long pass to B ; B controls andmakes a long pass to C ; C controls andcrosses to D who shoots at the goal withor without control.(At the same time, A' makes a long passto B' ; B' controls and makes a long passto C' ; C' controls and crosses to D' whoshoots.After the pass, the player moves to thenext position : A goes to B ; B to C ; D toA' ; A' to B' ; etc.Doubling positions depending on numberof players. Non stop course.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 39 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5025
Crossing and finishing 20 min
Crossing and finishing
Cross
Long pass
Volleying
Heading
Finishing
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good crosses.Looking for effectiveness in front of thegoal when receiving a cross.
29 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 40 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1015 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2019 / Speed and coordination 10 min
Technical : 3137 / Long passing and crossing3139 / Long passing and crossing3133 / Long passing and crossing
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5025 / Crossing and finishing 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
30 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 40 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1015
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Keeping possession of the ball
Playing forward
Keeper throw
Long air pass
Equipment: 1 ball, pennies (2 colors).
Big warm-up game:
60x40 yard field with areas at theextremities.Two teams play against each other (6v6or more) depending on the number ofplayers. Keepers are in the zone opposedto their camp.To score, the keeper has to catch an airpass without releasing it.
Instructions:
- free play- after a goal and when there is a goalkick, the keeper throws the ball for theother team- no corner kick (throw from the keeper tothe opposite team)
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 40 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2019
Speed and coordination 10 min
Speed and coordination
Running techniques
Jumps
Running speed
Equipment : bars, cones.
Running techniques + sprint :
Setting 8 bars 20 inches from each other.Players run through the course 2 by 2following the trainer's instructions : eachpass is followed by a 10 yard sprint.
Instructions for the different round :
- one step between bars : very quick- 2 steps (RF + LF) between bars : veryquick- standing jumps between bars- standing jumps with high knee changingfoot each step- lateral run : 2 quick step between bars- hopping right foot- hopping left foot
31 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 40 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3137
Long passing and crossing 15 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
One touch volley pass
Focusing on the quality of the long passesand one touch volley passes.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Long passing :
Groups of 4 players. One ball per group.A makes a long pass to B ; B passes backto C with one touch ; C makes a long passto D ; D passes to A ; etc.Changing roles regularly.
Instructions :
- working on right and left foot- working on the different kind of longpasses (straight and air)- adapting distance between A and B andbetween C and D
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 40 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3139
Long passing and crossing 15 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
One touch volley pass
Focusing on the quality of the long passesand one touch volley passes.
Equipment : balls.
Long passing + one touch passing :
Groups of 4 players. One ball per group.A makes a long pass to B who passesback to C in one touch ; C passes to Bwho makes a long pass to D ; D passesback to A ; A passes to D ; D makes along pass to C ; etc.After his long pass, A goes to D ( and D toA) ; after his long pass, B goes to C ( andC to B).
Instructions :
- working on right and left foot- working on the different kind of longpasses (straight and air)- adapting distance between playersdepending on age and level
32 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 40 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3133
Long passing and crossing 20 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
Controlling + shooting
Focusing on the good form of the longpass and on quality of controls andcrosses.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Long passing + crossing + shooting :
A makes a long pass to B ; B controls andmakes a long pass to C ; C controls andcrosses to D ; D shoots at the goal(controlling or not the ball).After his pass, A goes to C ; after hispass, B goes to D ; after his pass C goesto A ; after his shot, D goes to B.
Instructions :
- working on right and left foot- working on the different kind of longpasses (straight and air)- good weight and accuracy in passes
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 40 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5025
Crossing and finishing 20 min
Crossing and finishing
Cross
Long pass
Volleying
Heading
Finishing
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good crosses.Looking for effectiveness in front of thegoal when receiving a cross.
33 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training programDate : 08/08/2007
Theme of the program : No theme
Type : Yearly of 56 sessions (2 per week)
Number of sessions per week : 2
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Comments :
Session 1 : No printed
Session 2 : No printed
Session 3 : No printed
Session 4 : No printed
Session 5 : No printed
Session 6 : No printed
Session 7 : No printed
Session 8 : No printed
Session 9 : No printed
Session 10 : No printed
Session 11 : No printed
Session 12 : No printed
Session 13 : No printed
Session 14 : No printed
Session 15 : No printed
Session 16 : No printed
Session 17 : No printed
Session 18 : No printed
Session 19 : No printed
Session 20 : No printed
Session 21 : No printed
Session 22 : No printed
Session 23 : No printed
Session 24 : No printed
Session 25 : No printed
Session 26 : No printed
Session 27 : No printed
Session 28 : No printed
Session 29 : No printed
Session 30 : No printed
Session 31 : No printed
Session 32 : No printed
Session 33 : No printed
Session 34 : No printed
Session 35 : No printed
Session 36 : No printed
Session 37 : No printed
Session 38 : No printed
Session 39 : No printed
Session 40 : No printed
Session 41 : Long passing and crossing
Session 42 : Long passing and crossing
Session 43 : Direction of play
Session 44 : Direction of play
Session 45 : Direction of play
Session 46 : Direction of play
Session 47 : Direction of play
Session 48 : Direction of play
Session 49 : No printed
Session 50 : No printed
Session 51 : No printed
Session 52 : No printed
Session 53 : No printed
Session 54 : No printed
Session 55 : No printed
Session 56 : No printed
1 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 41 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1025 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2003 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3132 / Long passing3134 / Long passing and crossing3138 / Long passing and crossing
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5046 / Spreading out 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
2 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 41 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1025
The touch 15 min
The touch
Controlling a air ball
Improving the touch
Volleying
Equipment: balls.
Per 2 juggling and shooting:
At mid-field, Groups of 2 players with oneball per group.Two players juggle together toward thegoal. About 15 yards away from the goal,one of the players takes a shot (volleying).
Variations:
- free play- 2 touches (controlling and passing)- 1 touch
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 41 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2003
Speed 10 min
Speed
running speed
Gestural speed
Equipment: balls, cones.
Sprinting and shooting:
2 goals face to face (26 yards) withkeepers.A passes the ball to B and B passes theball to A.After their pass, A and B sprint to receivethe ball from their teammate and shoot atthe goal (First time shot).One point for the player whom's ball getsin the net first. After the shot, A goes to Band B goes to A.
Variations:
- passing in front of oneself and sprintingdiagonally (diagram)- passing diagonally and sprinting straightahead
3 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 41 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3132
Long passing 15 min
Long passing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
Focusing on the form of the long passesand quality of the controls.
Equipment : balls.
Long pass :
Groups of 2 players. One ball per group.Face to face : A makes a long pass to B ;B controls the ball then makes a longpass to A ; etc.
Instructions :
- working on long passes right and leftfoot- working on the different kind of longpasses (straight long pass and high longpass)- adapting distance between A and B- free first touch
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 41 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3134
Long passing and crossing 15 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
One touch volley pass
Focusing on the good form of the longpass and on quality of the one touchvolley pass.
Equipment : balls.
Long passing :
Groups of 3 players. One ball per group.A makes a long pass to B ; B passes backto C with one touch ; C passes back to B ;B makes a long pass to A ; A passes backto C ; etc. C runs from A to B to pass theball back.Changing roles regularly.
Instructions :
- long pass with the instep- alternating long passes with right and leftfoot- adapting distance between A and B
4 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 41 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3138
Long passing and crossing 20 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
One touch volley pass
Crossing + shooting
Focusing on the quality of the longpasses, one touch volley passes andcrosses.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Long passing + one touch passing +crossing + shooting :
A makes a long pass to B (then A runs infront of the goal to receive the cross) ;B passes back to C in one touch ; Ccrosses to A ; A shoots at the goal (with orwithout control).
Instructions :
- working on right and left foot- working on the different kind of longpasses (straight and air)- doubling positions depending on numberof players (doubling at least A)- changing roles regularly.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 41 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5046
Spreading out 20 min
Spreading out
Spreading out, playing the ball wide, usingall the width of the field :
- in order to go around the opponent'sdefense
- in order to spread out the opponent'sdefense and to create space in front of thegoal
- to look for outnumber
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Spreading out and attacking from theside.Looking for the cross.
5 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 42 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1021 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2020 / Speed and coordination 10 min
Technical : 3136 / Long passing and crossing3140 / Long passing and crossing
20 min20 min
Match : 5046 / Spreading out 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 25
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
6 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 42 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1021
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Long air pass
Game for keepers
Equipment: 1 ball, cones, pennies (2colors).
Big warm-up game:
An 8x8 yard area is in the middle of a25x25 square yard field.5 vs 5 game (or more depending on thenumber of players). The keeper is in themiddle area. No other player is allowed tostep in the middle area.To score, one has to pass the ball in theair to the keeper who has to catch the ballwithout releasing it. The keeper alwaysplays with the team that has the ball.
Instructions:
- free play- limiting the number of touches
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 42 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2020
Speed and coordination 10 min
Speed and coordination
Running speed
Speed agility
Equipment : bars, cones, pinnies (2colors).
Relay race :
Making 2 teams. Races.The player, holding a ball in his hands,runs through the course as fast aspossible following the instructions thengives the ball to the next player. Thisplayer does the same. And on and on untilevery player has done it.Doing several rounds.
Variations :
- shuffle between bars then standingjumps over each cone + shuffle betweenbars then sprint up to the teammate- same running backward then sprint up tothe teammate
7 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 42 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3136
Long passing and crossing 20 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
Controlling
Crossing + shooting
Focusing on the quality of the longpasses, controls and crosses.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Technical course with long passes andcrosses :
Controlling, long passing, crossing andshooting sequences. Goals are about 35yards away from each other.A makes a long pass to B ; B controls andmakes a long pass to C ; C controls andcrosses to D who shoots at the goal withor without control.(At the same time, A' makes a long passto B' ; B' controls and makes a long passto C' ; C' controls and crosses to D' whoshoots.After the pass, the player moves to thenext position : A goes to B ; B to C ; D toA' ; A' to B' ; etc.Doubling positions depending on numberof players. Non stop course.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 42 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3140
Long passing and crossing 20 min
Long passing and crossing
Crossing
Finishing
Focusing on the quality of crosses and onfinishing.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
Crossing and finishing :
30x20 yard field with 2 outside alleys (3yards).4 vs 4 (3 players + 1 keeper) plus 1 playerin each outside alley who always playswith the team who passes the ball to him.Players can score after a cross only.
Instructions :
- passing the ball to the outside player assoon as a team gets the ball back- looking for the cross quickly- finishing
8 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 42 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Long passing and crossing
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5046
Spreading out 20 min
Spreading out
Spreading out, playing the ball wide, usingall the width of the field :
- in order to go around the opponent'sdefense
- in order to spread out the opponent'sdefense and to create space in front of thegoal
- to look for outnumber
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Spreading out and attacking from theside.Looking for the cross.
9 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 43 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1016 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2005 / Speed 10 min
Tactical : 4057 / Direction of play4058 / Direction of play4064 / Direction of play
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5039 / Direction of play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
10 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 43 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1016
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Getting open
Playing forward
Equipment: 1 ball, cones.
Big warm-up game:
50x30 yard field with areas at theextremities.6 vs 6 stop-ball (or more depending onthe number of players). To score, stop theball in the zone opposed to one's camp.Players don't wear pennies. Welldetermining teams before the start of thegame.
Instructions:
- free play- looking around
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 43 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2005
Speed 10 min
Speed
changing speed
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Race - Relays:
Making 2 teams. 5 yards spaces betweenlines of cones. At the sonorous signal, thefirst player of each team gets the ballplaced on the second line and brings itback to the first line;then they run to get the ball placed on thethird line and bring it back to the hands ofthe next player.This player brings the ball back to thesecond line then comes back to get theball placed on the first line and brings itback to the third line.They run back to give the relay to the thirdplayer tagging him in the hand, act.Alternatively, players bring back orreplace the balls.The first team to finish wins. Do severalrounds.
11 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 43 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4057
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones.
4 vs 2 keepaway :
20x10 yard field (two 10x10 yards squareside to side). Four players (outside thesquares) try to keep possession of the ballagainst two defenders who try to get itback.Passes have to go through at least one ofboth squares. Each defender has to stayin his square.The player who loses the ball becomes adefender.To score, bringing the ball from A to B orfrom B to A with or without using C and D.
Variations :
- free play- players are limited to 2 or 3 touches
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 43 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4058
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
Checker game :
20x15 yard field split in 5x5 yards squares(see diagram). Two teams of 6 players inthe checkerboard and 2 players outside(A and B).To score, bringing the ball from A to B orfrom B to A.Each player has to stay in his squaredelimited by disks.If a team gets the ball back, it tries to keeppossession of the ball but to score it stillhas to pass the ball from A (or B) to B (orA).
Variations :
- free play- players have 4 secondes to release theball
12 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 43 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4064
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, Do nothesitate to play with the support. The ballcarrier must always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
5 vs 5 captains game :
35x20 yard field with 2 zones (3 yards) atthe extremities.4 vs 4 game inside the field. To score, theteam has to pass the ball to the fifthplayer (the captain) who is in the oppositezone. The team scores one point of thecaptain have the ball under control insidethe zone.Changing captains regularly. When ateam scores, the captain restarts the playfor the other team.
Instruction :
- choosing the forward solution in priority
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 43 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5039
Direction of play 20 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Respecting principles of play in thedirection of play.
13 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 44 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1033 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2014 / Coordination 10 min
Tactical : 4068 / Direction of play4067 / Direction of play4063 / Direction of play
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5039 / Direction of play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
14 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 44 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1033
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
3 vs 3 game:
30x20 yard field with small goals (2 yardsor bigger depending on the age group)and a impenetrable box (2x3 yards) infront of each goal.To score, the player must be in theopponent’s half. Nobody is allowed to stepinside the box in front of the goals.3 vs 3 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 44 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2014
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Running techniques
Agility
Jumps
Lateralization
Equipment : none.
Running techniques :
Two or three lines of players one behindanother.The trainer runs with the players andgives the instructions alternating runningtechniques.
Running techniques :
- high knees ; heel-butt touches-shuffle (Forward; backward)-criss-cross (Forward; backward)- running backward, forward, andbackward, etc.- hopping on right and left feet (forward;backward)-roll-over ; flexion ; extension- etc.
15 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 44 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4068
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (3colors).
3 vs 2 attacking waves :
25x25 yard field with a 3 yard zone at theend line.Making teams of 3 players.The yellow team attacks the red team (2defenders : the third player doesn't play).The blue team is waiting. 3 vs 2 attacking.When the play is over, reds wait, yellowsdefend (2 players) and blues attackyellows.
Instructions :
- to score, stopping the ball in the zone- if it is stuck on one side, redirecting theball other side
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 44 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4067
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (3colors).
5 vs 3 game :
30x25 yard field with 2 outside zones (3yards).3 vs 3 + 2 offensive supports. Offensivepersons support always play with theattacking team.Only supports are in the outside zones(they have to stay in it).5 vs 3 situation for the attacking team.When a team attacks, the keeper plays asa sweeper.
Instructions :
- using offensive supports- orienting the play looking for outnumber
16 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 44 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4063
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, Do nothesitate to play with the support. The ballcarrier must always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
5 vs 3 stop-ball :
3 vs 3 on a 25x20 yard field with 2 zones(2 yards) at the extremities.The team which has the ball has 2offensive supports who are outside of thefield.Outside players are limited to 2 touches.To score, stopping the ball in the oppositezone.
Instruction :
- looking for outnumber using outsideplayers (5 vs 3 situations for the attackingteam)
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 44 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5039
Direction of play 20 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Respecting principles of play in thedirection of play.
17 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 45 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1019 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2006 / Speed 10 min
Tactical : 4055 / Direction of play4053 / Direction of play4052 / Direction of play
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5039 / Direction of play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
18 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 45 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1019
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Looking around
Getting open
Dribbling the ball
Equipment: 1 ball, cones, pennies (2colors).
Doors game:
40x30 yard field with small doors (2yards).5 vs 5 game (or more depending on thenumber of players). To score, dribble theball through one of the doors.After a goal, the play is still on but it isforbidden to score twice in a row on thesame door.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 45 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2006
Speed 10 min
Speed
Reaction speed
Running speed
Equipment: cones.
Elimination race:
All the players are inside of a 6-yarddiameter circle.Cones are 10 yards away around thecircle. There are 2 cones more than thereare players.At the sonorous signal, players run up to acone and stop at the cone.The 2 players who are not at a cone areeliminated.Start again taking away 2 more cones,etc. The players remaining at the end win.Do several rounds.
Variations:
- players jog in the circle- players move on all four in the circle- players crawl in the circle
19 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 45 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4055
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game :
12 yard ray circular field. Three smallgoals (2 yards) are set up like on thediagram.4 vs 4 game. Each team attacks anddefends the 3 goals.
Instruction :
- if it is stuck on one side, reorientating theball other side
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 45 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4053
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, Do nothesitate to play with the support. The ballcarrier must always have support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game :
4 vs 4 game on a 25x25 yard field withsmall goals (2 yards).Each team attacks and defends 2 goals.Shooting allowed on both goals.
Instruction :
- if it is stuck on one side, playing the ballback and orientating it other side
20 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 45 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4052
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, Do nothesitate to play with the support. The ballcarrier must always have support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
5 vs 5 game :
5 vs 5 game on a 35x20 yards wider thanlonger field.Each team attacks and defends 3 smallgoals (2 yards).
To score :
- in the outside goals : dribbling the ballthrough- in the middle goal : free (shootingallowed)
Instruction :
- if it is stuck on one side, playing the ballback and directing it to the other side
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 45 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5039
Direction of play 20 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Respecting principles of play in thedirection of play.
21 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 46 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1030 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2015 / Coordination 10 min
Tactical : 4059 / Direction of play4054 / Direction of play4056 / Direction of play
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5039 / Direction of play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
22 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 46 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1030
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game:
25x25 yard field with 4 small goals (2yards or bigger depending on the agegroup). 2 goals on each side. Each teamattacks and defends 2 goals.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 46 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2015
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Agility
Vivacity
Fake
Equipment: pennies (1 color).
Agility and vivacity:
Have groups of 2 players.Each player has a pennie placed on theback (half in the short).Duel: trying to take opponent's penniewhile keeping one's own pennie. Onepoint scored each time a player takes thepinnie.1 minute games. Changing opponentregularly.
Variation:
- no pennie: to score, touching one of theopponent's feet
23 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 46 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4059
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, Do nothesitate to play with the support. The ballcarrier must always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones.
6 vs 2 river keepaway :
20x10 yard field split in 3 zones (2 yardzone in the middle).6 players try to keep possession of theball against 2 defenders who try to get itback.3 players take place in the zone A and 3in the zone B. Defenders are in the middlezone C. Each player has to stay in hissquare.To score a point, passing the ball fromzone A to B or B to A.
Variations :
- player who loses the ball becomesdefender- making team of 2 players and changingthe defending team every 2 minutes.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 46 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4054
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with support. The ball carrier mustalways have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
4 vs 4 stop-ball :
4 vs 4 game on a 35x20 yard field with 2yard zones at the extremities.To score, stopping the ball in the oppositezone.
Instruction :
- respecting priorities in the Direction ofplay to go to score
24 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 46 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4056
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
5 vs 5 stop-ball :
35x20 yard field wider than longer with a 3yard zone at the extremities.5 vs 5 game. To score, stopping the ballin the opposite zone.Respecting priorities in the Direction ofplay to go to score.
Instruction :
- if it is stuck on one side, reorientating theball other side
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 46 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5039
Direction of play 20 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Respecting principles of play in thedirection of play.
25 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 47 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1021 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2007 / Speed 10 min
Tactical : 4057 / Direction of play4064 / Direction of play4052 / Direction of play
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5039 / Direction of play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
26 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 47 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1021
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Long air pass
Game for keepers
Equipment: 1 ball, cones, pennies (2colors).
Big warm-up game:
An 8x8 yard area is in the middle of a25x25 square yard field.5 vs 5 game (or more depending on thenumber of players). The keeper is in themiddle area. No other player is allowed tostep in the middle area.To score, one has to pass the ball in theair to the keeper who has to catch the ballwithout releasing it. The keeper alwaysplays with the team that has the ball.
Instructions:
- free play- limiting the number of touches
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 47 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2007
Speed 10 min
Speed
Vivacity
Speed agility
Speed
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Duel for the ball:
Have 2 teams of players. 5 yards spacesbetween cones.At the sonorous signal, players sprinttouching each cone of the slalom withtheir hand: the first player who arrivesshoots the ball.1 point given to the team per shot and 1bonus point per goal scored.
Variations:
- start standing up- start sitting down- start laying down
27 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 47 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4057
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones.
4 vs 2 keepaway :
20x10 yard field (two 10x10 yards squareside to side). Four players (outside thesquares) try to keep possession of the ballagainst two defenders who try to get itback.Passes have to go through at least one ofboth squares. Each defender has to stayin his square.The player who loses the ball becomes adefender.To score, bringing the ball from A to B orfrom B to A with or without using C and D.
Variations :
- free play- players are limited to 2 or 3 touches
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 47 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4064
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, Do nothesitate to play with the support. The ballcarrier must always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
5 vs 5 captains game :
35x20 yard field with 2 zones (3 yards) atthe extremities.4 vs 4 game inside the field. To score, theteam has to pass the ball to the fifthplayer (the captain) who is in the oppositezone. The team scores one point of thecaptain have the ball under control insidethe zone.Changing captains regularly. When ateam scores, the captain restarts the playfor the other team.
Instruction :
- choosing the forward solution in priority
28 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 47 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4052
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, Do nothesitate to play with the support. The ballcarrier must always have support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
5 vs 5 game :
5 vs 5 game on a 35x20 yards wider thanlonger field.Each team attacks and defends 3 smallgoals (2 yards).
To score :
- in the outside goals : dribbling the ballthrough- in the middle goal : free (shootingallowed)
Instruction :
- if it is stuck on one side, playing the ballback and directing it to the other side
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 47 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5039
Direction of play 20 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Respecting principles of play in thedirection of play.
29 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 48 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1034 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2017 / Speed and coordination 10 min
Tactical : 4052 / Direction of play4056 / Direction of play4065 / Direction of play
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5039 / Direction of play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
30 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 48 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1034
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Looking around
Equipment: balls, cones.
4 vs 4 game without pennies:
35x20 yard field with goals (2 yards orbigger depending on the age group) andno keeper.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.Players do not wear pennies. Welldetermining teams before the start of thegame.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins but kick-ins- looking around
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 48 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2017
Speed and coordination 10 min
Speed and coordination
Speed agility
Vivacity
Speed
Coordination
Equipment: none.
Slalom races:
Groups of 5 or 6 players.
Two Variations (see diagram):
In red: players jog slowly one after oneleaving a 2 or 3 yards space betweenthem.At the sonorous signal, the last player (E)slaloms as fast as possible throughplayers and goes in front of A.At the second signal, D does the same;etc.In blue: same principle as before butplayers jog backward.At the first sonorous signal, A slalomsbackward as fast as possible throughplayers and goes behind E; etc.
31 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 48 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4052
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, Do nothesitate to play with the support. The ballcarrier must always have support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
5 vs 5 game :
5 vs 5 game on a 35x20 yards wider thanlonger field.Each team attacks and defends 3 smallgoals (2 yards).
To score :
- in the outside goals : dribbling the ballthrough- in the middle goal : free (shootingallowed)
Instruction :
- if it is stuck on one side, playing the ballback and directing it to the other side
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 48 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4056
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
5 vs 5 stop-ball :
35x20 yard field wider than longer with a 3yard zone at the extremities.5 vs 5 game. To score, stopping the ballin the opposite zone.Respecting priorities in the Direction ofplay to go to score.
Instruction :
- if it is stuck on one side, reorientating theball other side
32 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 48 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4065
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, Do nothesitate to play with the support. The ballcarrier must always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
5 vs 5 gates game :
5 vs 5 game on a 40x30 yard field.Four 3 yard gates are set up near eachcorner of the field.To score, the player has to pass to one ofhis teammates through one of the 4 gates.
Instructions :
- a team is not allowed to score twice in arow on the same gate- if it is stuck on one side, redirecting theball to the other side
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 48 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5039
Direction of play 20 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Respecting principles of play in thedirection of play.
33 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training programDate : 08/08/2007
Theme of the program : No theme
Type : Yearly of 56 sessions (2 per week)
Number of sessions per week : 2
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Comments :
Session 1 : No printed
Session 2 : No printed
Session 3 : No printed
Session 4 : No printed
Session 5 : No printed
Session 6 : No printed
Session 7 : No printed
Session 8 : No printed
Session 9 : No printed
Session 10 : No printed
Session 11 : No printed
Session 12 : No printed
Session 13 : No printed
Session 14 : No printed
Session 15 : No printed
Session 16 : No printed
Session 17 : No printed
Session 18 : No printed
Session 19 : No printed
Session 20 : No printed
Session 21 : No printed
Session 22 : No printed
Session 23 : No printed
Session 24 : No printed
Session 25 : No printed
Session 26 : No printed
Session 27 : No printed
Session 28 : No printed
Session 29 : No printed
Session 30 : No printed
Session 31 : No printed
Session 32 : No printed
Session 33 : No printed
Session 34 : No printed
Session 35 : No printed
Session 36 : No printed
Session 37 : No printed
Session 38 : No printed
Session 39 : No printed
Session 40 : No printed
Session 41 : No printed
Session 42 : No printed
Session 43 : No printed
Session 44 : No printed
Session 45 : No printed
Session 46 : No printed
Session 47 : No printed
Session 48 : No printed
Session 49 : Heading technique
Session 50 : Heading technique
Session 51 : Heading technique
Session 52 : Volleying
Session 53 : Volleying
Session 54 : 1vs1 defending
Session 55 : 1vs1 defending
Session 56 : 1vs1 defending
1 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 49 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1024 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2008 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3119 / Heading3118 / Heading3122 / Heading
10 min10 min15 min
Tactical : 4069 / Spreading out and attacking from the side 20 min
Match : 5025 / Crossing and finishing 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 40
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
2 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 49 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1024
The touch 15 min
The touch
Controlling an air ball
Improving the touch
Equipment: balls, cones, net or barriers.
Soccer tennis:
2 vs 2 game. Two 6 square yards perside.At the beginning, allow 2 bounces thenlimiting to one bounce only. The bouncecan be used whenever the players want.Playing like volleyball: 2 passes maximumand passing the ball to the other side.The serve, from behind the back line, is apass to the opponent.Net = barriers, cones, string, etc. or 3yards space with cones between camps.
Variations:
- free play- limiting to 1 or 2 touches- adapting rules to the level of the players- playing 1 vs 1, 2 vs 2 or 3 vs 3
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 49 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2008
Speed 10 min
Speed
running speed
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (3colors).
Race - Relays:
Have teams of 4 players. Each playertakes a place next to a cone. Cones areplaced 7 yards from each other.The winner is the first team to bring theball from the first cone (cone 1) to the lastcone (cone 5) respecting the followinginstructions.
Instructions:
at the sonorous signal, A, who's at thecone 2, runs to get the ball back at thecone 1 (carrying the ball) and brings itback to cone 2.When A puts the ball at cone 2, B, at cone3, runs to get the ball and brings it to cone3;etc. until D brings the ball at cone 5.Do several rounds changing position.
Variation:
Same but run backwards.
3 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 49 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3119
Heading 10 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head.
Header
Equipment : balls.
/3 players headers :
Groups of 3 players. One ball per group.Triangle : juggling with the head (onetouch pass).Counting number of headers madewithout the ball touching the ground : thegroup making the most wins.
Instructions :
- being on one's toes
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 49 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3118
Heading 10 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head. Passing with thehead.
Focusing on heading the ball correctly, onthe form 'prepare and strike'
Equipment : balls.
Headers :
Groups of 2 players. One ball per group.Face to face : A throws the ball to B ; Bpasses back to A with the head.Changing roles.
Variations :
headerjump + header
4 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 49 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3122
Heading 15 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head. Passing with thehead.
Focusing on heading the ball correctly, onthe form 'prepare and strike'
Equipment : balls, cones.
Passing and shoting with the head :
Groups of 3 players. A 8x8 yard field with2 (about 4 yards) goals per group.A throws the ball to B ; B makes a leadpass to A with a header ; A tries to scoreon C with a header.Then C throws the ball to B who makes alead pass to C with a header ; C tries toscore on A with a header.Changing roles regularly.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 49 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4069
Spreading out and attacking from the side 20 min
Spreading out and attacking from the side
Playing the ball wide, using the width ofthe field :
- in order to go around the opponent'sdefense
- in order to spread out the opponent'sdefense and to create space in front of thegoal
- to look for outnumber
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
Game :
55x45 yard field with 2 outside zones (15yards).7v7, 8v8 game (or more).To score, the ball has to, during theattack, go by both outside zones. If ateam gets the ball back, it has to go byone side only.
Instructions :
- getting wide- directing the play to one side andswitching field
5 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 49 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5025
Crossing and finishing 20 min
Crossing and finishing
Cross
Long pass
Volleying
Heading
Finishing
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good crosses.Looking for effectiveness in front of thegoal when receiving a cross.
6 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 50 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1027 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2012 / Coordination 10 min
Technical : 3120 / Heading3121 / Heading3124 / Heading
15 min15 min15 min
Tactical : 4071 / Spreading out and attacking from the side 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
7 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 50 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1027
The touch 15 min
The touch
Controlling a air ball
Improving the touch
Balance
Coordination
Equipment: balls.
Juggling:
One ball per player.Juggling following trainer's instructions.Instructions: right foot, left foot, both,header, etc.
Variations:
- /2 juggling: free, 2 touches, 1 touch- /3 juggling: free, 2 touches, 1 touch
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 50 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2012
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Speed agility
Equipment: cones, sticks.
Coordination course:
Starting every 3 seconds, players runthrough the course (see diagram)respecting the following instructions.
Course instructions:
A: running through sticks without touchingthemB: 3x’s hopping on right foot; 3x’s hoppingon left footC: running backwardD: stepping on the right and on the left ofthe bars (never between them)E: between bars going forwardF: shuffle between bars going backward
8 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 50 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3120
Heading 15 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head.
Focusing on heading the ball correctly.
'prepare and strike'
Jump + 'prepare and strike'
Equipment : balls.
Headers :
Groups of 3 players. Two balls per group.Both A and B have a ball.A throws the ball to B who passes back toA with a header then turns around ; Cthrows the ball to B who passes back to Cwith a header and turns around ; etc.Changing B regularly.
Variations :
headerjump + header
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 50 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3121
Heading 15 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head.
Focusing on heading the ball correctly.
Equipment : balls.
Headers :
Groups of 3 players. One ball per group.B is behind C. A throws the ball over C. Bjumps and goes to hit the ball with aheader just over C.C is a passive defender.Changing roles after few repetitions.
Instruction :
- having a good jump to make a goodheader (good timing)
9 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 50 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3124
Heading 15 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head. Shooting withthe head.
Focusing on heading the ball correctly, onthe form 'prepare and strike'
Equipment : balls, cones.
1 vs 1 heading game :
8x6 yard field with 4 yards goals.Going up/going down game : 1 min. 30sec. game, the winner goes up, the losergoes down.The player throws the ball to his opponentwho tries to score with a header.One point given to the opponent per badthrow in purpose.
Going up/going down game rules :
- winners go up (toward field 1) and losersgo down (toward field 4)- field 1 winner and field 4 loser don'tchange field
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 50 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4071
Spreading out and attacking from the side 20 min
Spreading out and attacking from the side
Attacking from the side and looking for thecross
- in order to go around the opponent'sdefense
- in order to put pressure in front of thegoal
- using spaces freed by the opponents onthe sides
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
Game :
55x40 yard field with 2 outside zones (10yards).7v7, 8v8 game (or more). Each team has2 offensive supports who are inside of theoutside zones (see diagram). Playerscan't defend in the outside zones.Scoring allowed only after a cross.
Instructions :
- using offensive support- supports have 5 secondes to cross oncethey received the ball in their zone
10 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 51 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1029 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2003 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3122 / Heading3123 / Heading3125 / Heading
15 min20 min20 min
Tactical : 4070 / Spreading out and attacking from the side 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 40
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
11 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 51 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1029
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game:
35x20 yard field with goals (2 yards orbigger depending on the age group) andno keeper.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 51 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2003
Speed 10 min
Speed
running speed
Gestural speed
Equipment: balls, cones.
Sprinting and shooting:
2 goals face to face (26 yards) withkeepers.A passes the ball to B and B passes theball to A.After their pass, A and B sprint to receivethe ball from their teammate and shoot atthe goal (First time shot).One point for the player whom's ball getsin the net first. After the shot, A goes to Band B goes to A.
Variations:
- passing in front of oneself and sprintingdiagonally (diagram)- passing diagonally and sprinting straightahead
12 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 51 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3122
Heading 15 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head. Passing with thehead.
Focusing on heading the ball correctly, onthe form 'prepare and strike'
Equipment : balls, cones.
Passing and shoting with the head :
Groups of 3 players. A 8x8 yard field with2 (about 4 yards) goals per group.A throws the ball to B ; B makes a leadpass to A with a header ; A tries to scoreon C with a header.Then C throws the ball to B who makes alead pass to C with a header ; C tries toscore on A with a header.Changing roles regularly.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 51 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3123
Heading 20 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head. Shooting withthe head.
Focusing on heading the ball correctly, onthe form 'prepare and strike'
Equipment : balls, cones.
Shooting with the head :
A throws a lead pass to B who attacks theball and shoot at the goal with a header.
Variations :
Variation 1 : ball coming from the right +header (see diagram)Variation 2 : ball coming from the left +header
13 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 51 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3125
Heading 20 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head. Passing andshooting with the head.
Focusing on heading the ball correctly, onthe form 'prepare and strike'
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
3 vs 3 heading game :
15x15 yard field with goals.Two teams play against each other : 3players + 1 keeper per team.
Instructions :
- passing the ball with the head- scoring with a header- when the ball falls, picking up the ballwith the hands and passing it with thehead
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 51 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4070
Spreading out and attacking from the side 20 min
Spreading out and attacking from the side
Playing the ball wide, using the width ofthe field :
- in order to go around the opponent'sdefense
- in order to spread out the opponent'sdefense and to create space in front of thegoal
- to look for outnumber
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
Game :
55x45 yard field with 2 large goals and 4small goals (2 yards) near the corners ofthe field.7v7, 8v8 game (or more).To score, shooting in large goals ordribbling through one of the small goals.After a goal on a small goal, the playcontinues but players can not score twicein a row on the same small goal.
Instructions :
- getting wide- bringing the ball on the sides to play itquickly in front of the goal- looking for the cross after a goal on asmall goal
14 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 52 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1026 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2013 / Coordination 10 min
Technical : 3126 / Volleying3127 / Volleying3129 / Volleying
10 min20 min20 min
Tactical : 4072 / Spreading out and attacking from the side 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
15 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 52 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1026
The touch 15 min
The touch
Controlling an air ball
Improving the touch
Balance
Coordination
Equipment: balls, cones.
Juggling relay:
Groups of 3 players with one ball pergroup.Team race relay.A juggles through the slalom and passesto B; B juggles through the slalom in theother way and passes to C; etc.If the ball falls, the player restarts at thespot where the ball has fallen.
Variations:
- restarting from the beginning if the ballfalls- going around each cone
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 52 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2013
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Speed agility
Frequence
Equipment: cones or bars.
Agility exercise:
First exercise: two lines (lines or bars)parallel, 20 inches from each other:Alternating left foot step and right footstep outside the lines, and left foot stepand right foot step inside the lines (seediagram)Second exercise: using the outside fieldline or bars:Alternating left foot step and right footstep inside the field, and left foot step andright foot step outside the field (seediagram)
Instructions:
- vivacity- dynamism
16 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 52 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3126
Volleying 10 min
Volleying
Volley passing
Focusing on the volley form.
Equipment : balls.
Volley passing :
Groups of 2 players. One ball per group.Face to face, A throws the ball to B whovolleys it back to A.
Volleys to make :
- inside right foot- inside left foot- instep tight foot- instep left foot
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 52 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3127
Volleying 20 min
Volleying
Volley shooting
Focusing on the volley form.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Volleying in front of the goal :
A passes to B ; B shoots at the goal with avolley.Pass from A in the air (throwing orpassing with the foot depending on thelevel of the players).
Variations :
Variation 1 : ball coming from the left +volley right foot (see diagram)Variation 2 : ball coming from the right +volley left foot
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- keeping the eyes on the ball- hitting the ball as late as possible beforethe bounce
17 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 52 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3129
Volleying 20 min
Volleying
Volley shooting
Focusing on the volley form.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Volleying in front of the goal :
A passes to B ; B attacks the ball andvolleys it.Pass from A in the air (throwing orpassing with the foot depending on thelevel of the players).
Variations :
Variation 1 : ball coming from the right +volley right foot (see diagram)Variation 2 : ball coming from the leftt +volley left foot
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- keeping the eyes on the ball- hitting the ball as late as possible beforethe bounce
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 52 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4072
Spreading out and attacking from the side 20 min
Spreading out and attacking from the side
Attacking from the side and looking for thecross
- in order to go around the opponent'sdefense
- in order to put pressure in front of thegoal
- using spaces freed by the opponents onthe sides
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
Game :
55x40 yard field with 2 outside zones (10yards).7v7, 8v8 game (or more).Scoring only after a cross coming fromone of the outside zones.
Instructions :
- playing wide to look for the cross.
18 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 53 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1025 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2020 / Speed and coordination 10 min
Technical : 3126 / Volleying3131 / Volleying3130 / Volleying
10 min15 min20 min
Tactical : 4073 / Spreading out and attacking from the side 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
19 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 53 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1025
The touch 15 min
The touch
Controlling a air ball
Improving the touch
Volleying
Equipment: balls.
Per 2 juggling and shooting:
At mid-field, Groups of 2 players with oneball per group.Two players juggle together toward thegoal. About 15 yards away from the goal,one of the players takes a shot (volleying).
Variations:
- free play- 2 touches (controlling and passing)- 1 touch
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 53 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2020
Speed and coordination 10 min
Speed and coordination
Running speed
Speed agility
Equipment : bars, cones, pinnies (2colors).
Relay race :
Making 2 teams. Races.The player, holding a ball in his hands,runs through the course as fast aspossible following the instructions thengives the ball to the next player. Thisplayer does the same. And on and on untilevery player has done it.Doing several rounds.
Variations :
- shuffle between bars then standingjumps over each cone + shuffle betweenbars then sprint up to the teammate- same running backward then sprint up tothe teammate
20 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 53 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3126
Volleying 10 min
Volleying
Volley passing
Focusing on the volley form.
Equipment : balls.
Volley passing :
Groups of 2 players. One ball per group.Face to face, A throws the ball to B whovolleys it back to A.
Volleys to make :
- inside right foot- inside left foot- instep tight foot- instep left foot
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 53 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3131
Volleying 15 min
Volleying
Volley shooting. Bicycle kicks.
Focusing on the volley form.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Acrobatic volleying :
B is back to the goal ; A throws the ball toB ; B makes an acrobatic volley.
Variations (the player choses) :
- bicycle kick- acrobatic volley
Comments :
- demonstrating if possible- explaining the good form of the bicyclekick
21 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 53 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3130
Volleying 20 min
Volleying
Crossing
Volley shooting
Focusing on the volley form. Crossing andvolley shooting.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Crossing + volleying :
A crosses to B ; B attacks the ball andvolleys it in the goal. Then A' crosses to B'who attaks the ball and volleys it. Etc.
Variations :
Variation 1 : volleying a ball coming fromthe rightVariation 2 : volleying a ball coming fromthe left
Instructions :
- volleying right and left foot- A and A' cross with their good foot- throwing the ball if players can not cross
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 53 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4073
Spreading out and attacking from the side 20 min
Spreading out and attacking from the side
Attacking from the side and looking for thecross
- in order to go around the opponent'sdefense
- in order to put pressure in front of thegoal
- using spaces freed by the opponents onthe sides
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
Directed game :
55x40 yard field.7v7, 8v8 game (or more).
Instructions :
- free play but goals scored after a crossgives 3 points ; 1 point for others- attacking from the sides and looking forthe cross
22 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 54 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1034 / Small sided games 15 min
Technical : 3145 / Defending techniques3146 / Defending techniques3147 / Defending techniques
10 min10 min10 min
Tactical : 4091 / 1 vs 1 defending 15 min
Match : 5053 / Defending on a direct opponent 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 20
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
23 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 54 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1034
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Looking around
Equipment: balls, cones.
4 vs 4 game without pennies:
35x20 yard field with goals (2 yards orbigger depending on the age group) andno keeper.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.Players do not wear pennies. Welldetermining teams before the start of thegame.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins but kick-ins- looking around
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 54 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3145
Defending techniques 10 min
Defending techniques
Sliding tackle
- getting the planted leg under the tacklingleg
- tackling the ball at the good moment
- keeping the eyes on the ball
- sliding and not throwing
Equipment : balls, cones.
Sliding tackle :
One ball per player.The players runs toward the ball andmakes a sliding tackle to kick the ball outof bounce.
Instructions :
- demonstrating a sliding tackle- explanation of the form
24 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 54 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3146
Defending techniques 10 min
Defending techniques
Sliding tackle
- getting the planted leg under the tacklingleg
- tackling the ball at the good moment
- keeping the eyes on the ball
- sliding and not throwing
Equipment : balls, cones.
Sliding tackle :
One ball per player.Players advance on a 20x20 yard field.Players dribble the ball. At the trainer'ssignal, they push the ball too far andtackle it to prevent the ball from going outof bounce.
Instructions :
- demonstrating a sliding tackle- explanation of the form- watching out for other players
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 54 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3147
Defending techniques 10 min
Defending techniques
Sliding tackle
- getting the planted leg under the tacklingleg
- tackling the ball at the good moment
- keeping the eyes on the ball
- sliding and not throwing
Equipment : balls.
Sliding tackle :
Groups of 4 players like on the diagram.Maximum 6 players per station.A kicks the ball toward the side line ; Bruns and makes a sliding tackle to preventthe ball from going out of bounce.
Instructions :
- A must make a good pass toward theside line (not to soft not too strong)- demonstrating a sliding tackle- explanation of the form
25 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 54 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4091
1 vs 1 defending 15 min
1 vs 1 defending
Principles to respect :
- stopping the opponent progress :reducing his space of play (being veryclose the opponent to prevent him fromplaying forward)
- getting the ball back : getting the ballback as close as possible from theopponent goal ; looking for theinterception (when the player is sure toget the ball) ; faking to draw the attackerto the mistake
- defending the goal : being constantlybetween the ball and the goal ; directingthe opponent away from the defendinggoal ; to not be eliminated (no rushing)
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
1 vs 1 defending :
15x15 yard field with 2 small goals (2yards).A has to dribble the ball through one ofthe goals defended by B.Two teams play against each other. Thedefender scores one point when heprevents the attacker from scoring.Changing attackers and defenders every4 minutes.The team giving up the least number ofgoals wins.
Instructions :
- focusing on the play of the defender- position and movement of the defender- doing several rounds
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 54 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5053
Defending on a direct opponent 20 min
Defending on a direct opponent
Principle of defense :
- stopping the opponent progress :reducing his space of play (being veryclose the opponent to prevent him fromplaying forward)
- getting the ball back : getting the ballback as close as possible from theopponent goal ; looking for theinterception (when the player is sure toget the ball) ; faking to draw the attackerto the mistake
- defending the goal : being constantlybetween the ball and the goal ; directingthe opponent away from the defendinggoal ; to not be eliminated (no rushing)
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Respecting principles in 1v1 defending.Using defensive techniques.
26 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 55 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1022 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2001 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3147 / Defending techniques3148 / Defending techniques3149 / Defending techniques
10 min10 min20 min
Match : 5053 / Defending on a direct opponent 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 25
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
27 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 55 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1022
The touch 15 min
The touch
Juggling
Individual control of the ball
Balance
Coordination
Equipment: balls.
Juggling test:
2 players: one player juggles and theother one counts.3 attempts per player with each jugglingvariation (keep the highest score).Keeping track of the results.
Variations:
- Right foot- Left foot- Header- Free
- etc.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 55 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2001
Speed 10 min
Speed
running speed
Equipment: cones, decameter.
Speed tests:
Speed: 40 meters timed.Going back and forth speed: 4x10mtimed.One attempt on each course.Keeping track of times to compare themto previous tests.
28 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 55 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3147
Defending techniques 10 min
Defending techniques
Sliding tackle
- getting the planted leg under the tacklingleg
- tackling the ball at the good moment
- keeping the eyes on the ball
- sliding and not throwing
Equipment : balls.
Sliding tackle :
Groups of 4 players like on the diagram.Maximum 6 players per station.A kicks the ball toward the side line ; Bruns and makes a sliding tackle to preventthe ball from going out of bounce.
Instructions :
- A must make a good pass toward theside line (not to soft not too strong)- demonstrating a sliding tackle- explanation of the form
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 55 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3148
Defending techniques 10 min
Defending techniques
Sliding tackle
- getting the planted leg under the tacklingleg
- tackling the ball at the good moment
- sliding and not throwing
Focusing on the sliding tackle form inorder to take the ball from the opponent ;tackling to get the ball back.
Equipment : balls.
Sliding tackle :
Groups of 2 payers. One ball per group.A dribbles the ball ; B runs next to himand waits the good moment to tackle theball.It's now B's turn to dribble the ball and toA to go to tackle him ; etc.
Instructions :
- no tackle from behind but coming fromthe side- demonstrating a sliding tackle- explanation of the form
29 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 55 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3149
Defending techniques 20 min
Defending techniques
Sliding tackle
- getting the planted leg under the tacklingleg
- tackling the ball at the good moment
Focusing on the sliding tackle form inorder to take the ball from the opponent ;tackling to get the ball back.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Sliding tackle + shooting :
Players take position on the 18 yard line(see diagram).A dribbles the ball ; B runs toward A andtackles the ball in order to get the ballback ; B dribbles few yards and shoots atthe goal.
Instructions :
- getting up quickly after the tackle- finishing- the ball carrier dribbles straight (passive,does not try to keep possession of theball)
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 55 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5053
Defending on a direct opponent 20 min
Defending on a direct opponent
Principle of defense :
- stopping the opponent progress :reducing his space of play (being veryclose the opponent to prevent him fromplaying forward)
- getting the ball back : getting the ballback as close as possible from theopponent goal ; looking for theinterception (when the player is sure toget the ball) ; faking to draw the attackerto the mistake
- defending the goal : being constantlybetween the ball and the goal ; directingthe opponent away from the defendinggoal ; to not be eliminated (no rushing)
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Respecting principles in 1v1 defending.Using defensive techniques.
30 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 56 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1015 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2009 / Speed 10 min
Tactical : 4090 / 1 vs 1 defending4092 / 1 vs 1 defending4094 / 2 vs 2 defending
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5053 / Defending on a direct opponent 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
31 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 56 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1015
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Keeping possession of the ball
Playing forward
Keeper throw
Long air pass
Equipment: 1 ball, pennies (2 colors).
Big warm-up game:
60x40 yard field with areas at theextremities.Two teams play against each other (6v6or more) depending on the number ofplayers. Keepers are in the zone opposedto their camp.To score, the keeper has to catch an airpass without releasing it.
Instructions:
- free play- after a goal and when there is a goalkick, the keeper throws the ball for theother team- no corner kick (throw from the keeper tothe opposite team)
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 56 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2009
Speed 10 min
Speed
Running speed
Reaction speed
Gestural speed
Equipment: balls.
Reacting to the opponent come back:
Groups of 2 players: B is 30 yards awayface to the goal. A is 7 yards behind himwith ball.A passes the ball through B's legs andtries to prevent B from scoring.When B sees the ball go through his/herlegs they sprint to get it back and try toscore reacting to A's come back.Be a then B alternatively.
Comment:
All the players work on the same goal toallow players to totally recover after eachrun.
32 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 56 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4090
1 vs 1 defending 15 min
1 vs 1 defending
Principles to respect :
- stopping the opponent progress :reducing his space of play (being veryclose the opponent to prevent him fromplaying forward)
- getting the ball back : getting the ballback as close as possible from theopponent goal ; looking for theinterception (when the player is sure toget the ball) ; faking to draw the attackerto the mistake
- defending the goal : being constantlybetween the ball and the goal ; directingthe opponent away from the defendinggoal ; to not be eliminated (no rushing)
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
1 vs 1 duel sequences :
20x10 yard field split in 5 zones (4 yards).The attacker tries to dribble the ball up tozone E. A defender takes place in zone D.The play starts when the attacker touchesthe ball. The defender tries to get the ballback.Changing attackers and defenders every3 minutes.Doing several rounds.Getting the ball back as soon as possibleto score a maximum of points :
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 56 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4092
1 vs 1 defending 15 min
1 vs 1 defending
Principles to respect :
- stopping the opponent progress :reducing his space of play (being veryclose to the opponent to prevent him fromplaying forward)
- getting the ball back : getting the ballback as close as possible from theopponent goal ; looking for theinterception (when the player is sure toget the ball) ; faking to draw the attacker
- defending the goal : being constantlybetween the ball and the goal ; directingthe opponent away from the defendinggoal ; to not be eliminated (no rushing)
Equipment : balls, cones.
1 vs 1 duel :
Several 15x6 yard fields with a 2 yardsarea at the extremities.1 vs 1 : to score, the player has to stopthe ball in the opposite zone.1 minute 30 sec. games.Going up/going down game : the winnergoes up, the loser goes down.
Going up/going down game rules :
- winners go up (toward field 1) and losersgo down (toward field 4)- field 1 winner and field 4 loser don'tchange field
Instructions :
- focusing on the play of the defender- position and move of the defender
33 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 56 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4094
2 vs 2 defending 15 min
2 vs 2 defending
Principles to respect :
- stopping the opponent progress :reducing his space of play (being veryclose the opponent to prevent him fromplaying forward)
- getting the ball back : getting the ballback as close as possible from theopponent goal ; looking for theinterception (when the player is sure toget the ball) ; faking to draw the attackerto the mistake
- defending the goal : being constantlybetween the ball and the goal ; directingthe opponent away from the defendinggoal ; to not be eliminated (no rushing)
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
2 vs 2 defending :
Making teams of 2 players.Setting up several 20x20 yard fields withsmall goals (2 yards).Changing opponents regularly.2 vs 2 games with the followinginstructions.
Instructions :
- a goal scored after getting back the ballin one's side gives 3 points- waiting for the opponent and counterattacking- focus on the play of the defender
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 56 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 defending
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5053
Defending on a direct opponent 20 min
Defending on a direct opponent
Principle of defense :
- stopping the opponent progress :reducing his space of play (being veryclose the opponent to prevent him fromplaying forward)
- getting the ball back : getting the ballback as close as possible from theopponent goal ; looking for theinterception (when the player is sure toget the ball) ; faking to draw the attackerto the mistake
- defending the goal : being constantlybetween the ball and the goal ; directingthe opponent away from the defendinggoal ; to not be eliminated (no rushing)
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Respecting principles in 1v1 defending.Using defensive techniques.
34 / 34http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training programDate : 08/08/2007
Theme of the program : No theme
Type : Seasonal of 24 sessions (2 per week)
Number of sessions per week : 2
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Comments :
Session 1 : First touch on ball on the ground
Session 2 : First touch on ball on the ground
Session 3 : First touch on ball on the ground
Session 4 : First touch on air ball
Session 5 : First touch on air ball
Session 6 : First touch on air ball
Session 7 : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session 8 : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session 9 : No printed
Session 10 : No printed
Session 11 : No printed
Session 12 : No printed
Session 13 : No printed
Session 14 : No printed
Session 15 : No printed
Session 16 : No printed
Session 17 : No printed
Session 18 : No printed
Session 19 : No printed
Session 20 : No printed
Session 21 : No printed
Session 22 : No printed
Session 23 : No printed
Session 24 : No printed
1 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 1 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1026 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2007 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3002 / 90 degree turn3006 / 90 degrees control3005 / 90 degrees control
10 min15 min20 min
Match : 5004 / Controls 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
2 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 1 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1026
The touch 15 min
The touch
Controlling an air ball
Improving the touch
Balance
Coordination
Equipment: balls, cones.
Juggling relay:
Groups of 3 players with one ball pergroup.Team race relay.A juggles through the slalom and passesto B; B juggles through the slalom in theother way and passes to C; etc.If the ball falls, the player restarts at thespot where the ball has fallen.
Variations:
- restarting from the beginning if the ballfalls- going around each cone
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 1 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2007
Speed 10 min
Speed
Vivacity
Speed agility
Speed
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Duel for the ball:
Have 2 teams of players. 5 yards spacesbetween cones.At the sonorous signal, players sprinttouching each cone of the slalom withtheir hand: the first player who arrivesshoots the ball.1 point given to the team per shot and 1bonus point per goal scored.
Variations:
- start standing up- start sitting down- start laying down
3 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 1 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3002
90 degree turn 10 min
90 degree turn
First touch to change direction away frompressure
First touch + pass
Focusing on the quality of the first touchand the passes.
First touch options : inside right foottoward the right ; inside right foot towardthe left ; outside right foot ; etc. Same withleft foot.
Equipment : balls.
First touch + passing + moving :
Groups of 4 players. One ball per group.Triangle, controlling + passing + moving.The player takes the place of theteammate he just passed the ball to.Distance between players : 7-8 yards
Coaching points :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball- first touch in the direction of the playerwe want to pass the ball to
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 1 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3006
90 degrees control 15 min
90 degrees control
First touch to change direction and to goaway from the opponent
Control + pass
Focusing on the quality of the first touchand the passes.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Give and go :
Groups of 4 players with one ball pergroup.A passes to B ; B passes back to A ; Apasses to C and runs to C ; C passes toB, etc. (see diagram)Always controlling the ball before a pass.
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
4 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 1 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3005
90 degrees control 20 min
90 degrees control
First touch to change direction and to goaway from the opponent
Control + pass
Control + shot
Focusing on the quality of the first touch,the passes and the shots.
Different kind of control to make : insideright foot toward the right ; inside right foottoward the left ; outside right foot ; etc.Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Technical course :
Two goals 25 yards away from eachother. Controlling, passing and shootingsequences.A passes to B who controls and passes toC ; C controls and passes to D ; Dcontrols and shoots at the goal. After hispass, the player moves to the nextposition :A goes in B ; B in C ; C in D ; D in A' ; etc.Doubling positions depending on thenumber of players to have a minimum oftimeout.
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 1 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5004
Controls 20 min
Controls
Passing
Shooting
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good first touch.Quality of the sequences first touch +pass and first touch + shot.
5 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 2 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1022 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2001 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3021 / 180 degrees control3022 / 180 degrees control3025 / 180 degrees control
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5004 / Controls 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
6 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 2 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1022
The touch 15 min
The touch
Juggling
Individual control of the ball
Balance
Coordination
Equipment: balls.
Juggling test:
2 players: one player juggles and theother one counts.3 attempts per player with each jugglingvariation (keep the highest score).Keeping track of the results.
Variations:
- Right foot- Left foot- Header- Free
- etc.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 2 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2001
Speed 10 min
Speed
running speed
Equipment: cones, decameter.
Speed tests:
Speed: 40 meters timed.Going back and forth speed: 4x10mtimed.One attempt on each course.Keeping track of times to compare themto previous tests.
7 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 2 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3021
180 degrees control 15 min
180 degrees control
First touch to play forward (protecting theball)
Control + pass
Focusing on the quality of the first touchand the passes.
Different kind of control to make : insideright foot and dribbling inside right foot ;outside right foot and dribbling outsideright foot. Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Controlling + passing :
A passes to B ; B makes a 180 degreescontrol and passes to C ; C makes a 180degrees control and dribbles going aroundthe cone then passes to B ; etc.
Instructions :
- distance between players : 7-8 yards- being on one's toes- attacking the ball- application on each pass to allowteammate to work on their first touchcorrectlyChanging positions of players (A in B, B inC, C in A, etc.).
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 2 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3022
180 degrees control 15 min
180 degrees control
First touch to play forward (protecting theball)
Control + pass
Focusing on the quality of the first touchand the passes.
Different kind of control to make : insideright foot and dribbling inside right foot ;outside right foot and dribbling outsideright foot. Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Controlling + passing :
Groups of 4 players with one ball pergroup (see diagram).B asks for the ball in front of C ; A passesto B ; B makes a 180 degrees controlprotecting his ball and passes to D ; (thenC asks for the ball in front of B ; D passesto C ; etc.).One after one, B and C play the role ofpassive defender.Alternating positions of players (D and Achange with B and C).
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball- application on each pass to allowteammate to work on his first touchcorrectly
8 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 2 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3025
180 degrees control 20 min
180 degrees control
First touch to play forward (protecting ornot the ball)
Control + pass
Control + shot
Focusing on the quality of the first touch,passes and shots.
Different kind of control to make : stoppinginside right foot and dribbling inside leftfoot ; inside right foot behind planted legand dribbling inside right foot ; inside rightfoot and dribbling inside right foot ;outside right foot and dribbling outsideright foot ; etc. Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Technical course :
Two goals are placed 25 yards away fromeach other. Controlling, passing andshooting sequences.A passes to B who controls and passes toC ; C controls and shoots at the goal ;after a pass, the player moves to the nextposition : A goes to B ; B to C ; C to A' ;etc.At the same time, A' passes to B' ; etc.Doubling positions depending on numberof players to have a minimum of time out.
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball- making good passes (accuracy andgood weigh)
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 2 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5004
Controls 20 min
Controls
Passing
Shooting
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good first touch.Quality of the sequences first touch +pass and first touch + shot.
9 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 3 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1035 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2016 / Coordination 10 min
Technical : 3030 / Controlling in a direction while moving3028 / Controlling in a direction while moving3031 / Controlling in a direction while moving
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5004 / Controls 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
10 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 3 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1035
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game:
35x20 yard field with goals (2 yards orbigger depending on the age of group)placed inside the goaline (players canplay behind the goals). Players can scorein both of the goals.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 3 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2016
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Agility
Frequency
Equipment: cones or bars.
Agility exercises:
Bars (or cones) are placed on the field(about 20 inches between cones or bars).
Race instructions:
- 2 steps (1 right foot and 1 left foot)between cones- going forward 2 cones then steppingback one cone; going forward 2 conesthen stepping back one cone; etc.
Variations:
First exercise: player faces the courseSecond exercise: player moves laterally
11 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 3 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3030
Controlling in a direction while moving 15 min
Controlling in a direction while moving
Controlling the ball while running
Control + pass
Focusing on the quality of the first touchand the passes : when controlling, the ballhas to stay in one's feet.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Controlling while running + passing :
Making 2 lines of players (A and B). 5yards space between gates. 2 yard gates.A makes a lead pass to B just before thefirst cone ; B controls inside right foot andmakes a lead pass to A through the gate ;A controls inside left foot and makes alead pass to B through the next gate ; etc.After each round, A and B switch sides towork on right and left foot control.
Instructions :
- controlling the ball with the inside- making good passes (accuracy andgood weigh)- 2 yard gates
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 3 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3028
Controlling in a direction while moving 15 min
Controlling in a direction while moving
Controlling the ball while running
Control + pass
Focusing on the quality of the first touchand the passes : when controlling, the ballhas to stay in one's feet.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Controlling while running :
4 players with 2 per station.A makes a lead pass to B ; B runs to theball, controls and dribbles to C (at thesame time, C made a lead pass to D whoran to the ball, controlled and dribbled toA).After their passes, A and C gorespectively to B and D. B makes a leadpass to C and D makes a lead pass to A ;A and C control, etc.
Instructions :
- inside foot control- changing direction of the play to useright and left foot
12 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 3 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3031
Controlling in a direction while moving 20 min
Controlling in a direction while moving
Controlling the ball while running
Control + pass
Control + shot
Focusing on the quality of the first touchand the passes : when controlling, the ballhas to stay in one's feet.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Controlling while running + shooting :
A makes a lead pass to B who controlsinside right foot then passes laterally to Awho controls inside left foot and shootsleft foot (see diagram).Same other side to shoot right foot.
Instruction :
- quick sequence control + shot- making good passes (accuracy andgood weigh)
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 3 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on ball on the ground
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5004
Controls 20 min
Controls
Passing
Shooting
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good first touch.Quality of the sequences first touch +pass and first touch + shot.
13 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 4 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1023 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2011 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3037 / Air ball controls3041 / Air ball controls3042 / Air ball controls
10 min20 min20 min
Match : 5046 / Spreading out 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
14 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 4 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1023
The touch 15 min
The touch
Communication
One touch passing
First touch
Pass
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
One touch pass and trapping:
Making 2 groups of players. Each of theyellows has a ball and makes a circle(about 15 yards diameter). Reds withoutballs are inside the circle.Reds jog and ask for the ball from yellowplayers. They do the technical form asinstructed by the trainer.Working on both feet. For air balls,yellows throw the ball with their hands,changing roles every 2 minutes.
Technical forms:
- one touch pass (ball on the ground)- one touch pass on air ball (volleying,heading)- chest trap and pass with the foot- etc.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 4 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2011
Speed 10 min
Speed
running speed
Gestural speed
Equipment: balls, cones.
Sprint and shot:
2 goals are 26 yards away from eachother. Have 2 teams.A passes the ball through a small goal (2yards) then sprints to get it back andshoot in the opposite goal.B does the same at the other side.One point for the player whom's ball getsin the goal first. After the shot, A goesbehind blues and B behind reds.
Variations:
- shooting right foot- shooting left foot
15 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 4 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3037
Air ball controls 10 min
Air ball controls
Focusing on the first touch : a quickcontrol of the ball in the chosen direction.
Having the ball on the ground after thefirst touch.
Different kind of control to make :half-volley control inside right foot ;half-volley control outside right foot ;half-volley control inside right foot behindplanted leg. Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls.
Controlling in a direction :
One ball per player.The player juggles the ball. After 4juggling touches, he puts the ball on theground using one of the different air ballcontrols. Then he juggles again and afterfew touches, he controls the ball ; etc.
Instruction :
- control + 3 or 4 yards dribbling
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 4 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3041
Air ball controls 20 min
Air ball controls
Controlling + shooting
Focusing on the first touch, a quick controlof the ball in the chosen direction, and onthe control + shot sequence.
Having the ball on the ground after thefirst touch.
Different kind of control to make :half-volley control inside right foot ;half-volley control outside right foot ;half-volley control inside right foot behindplanted leg. Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Controlling in a direction + shooting :
The player juggles the ball toward thegoal and controls it just before the coneand shoots.
Variations :
Variation 1 : control + shot right foot (seediagram)Variation 2 : control + shot left foot
Instructions :
- quick sequence control + shot- working on the different kind of air ballcontrols
16 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 4 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3042
Air ball controls 20 min
Air ball controls
Controlling + shooting
Focusing on the first touch, a quick controlof the ball in the chosen direction, and onthe control + shot sequence.
Having the ball on the ground after thefirst touch.
Different kind of control to make :half-volley control inside right foot ;half-volley control outside right foot ;half-volley control inside right foot behindplanted leg. Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Controlling in a direction + shooting :
The player juggles parall to the goal line,controls in the opposite direction andshoots at the goal pivoting.
Variations :
Variation 1 : control and shot right foot(see diagram)Variation 2 : control and shot left foot(players start from the other side)
Instructions :
- quick sequence control + shot- working on the different kind of air ballcontrols
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 4 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5046
Spreading out 20 min
Spreading out
Spreading out, playing the ball wide, usingall the width of the field :
- in order to go around the opponent'sdefense
- in order to spread out the opponent'sdefense and to create space in front of thegoal
- to look for outnumber
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Spreading out and attacking from theside.Looking for the cross.
17 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 5 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1028 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2013 / Coordination 10 min
Technical : 3035 / Air ball controls3038 / Air ball controls3039 / Air ball controls
15 min20 min20 min
Match : 5046 / Spreading out 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 40
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
18 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 5 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1028
The touch 15 min
The touch
Controlling an air ball
Improving the touch
Equipment: balls, cones.
Juggling and shooting:
One ball for 3 players. 3 slaloms are set infront of a goal kept by a goalie (seediagram).Dividing players in 2 groups; a group infront of each slalom.First players of each line start at the sametime: They juggle through the slalom andshoot at the goal.Free juggling.
Variations:
- volleying- half-volleying- putting the ball on the ground beforeshooting
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 5 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2013
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Speed agility
Frequence
Equipment: cones or bars.
Agility exercise:
First exercise: two lines (lines or bars)parallel, 20 inches from each other:Alternating left foot step and right footstep outside the lines, and left foot stepand right foot step inside the lines (seediagram)Second exercise: using the outside fieldline or bars:Alternating left foot step and right footstep inside the field, and left foot step andright foot step outside the field (seediagram)
Instructions:
- vivacity- dynamism
19 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 5 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3035
Air ball controls 15 min
Air ball controls
Controlling + passing
Focusing on the first touch : a quickcontrol of the ball in the chosen direction.
Equipment : balls.
Chest control + pass :
Per group of 3 players. One ball pergroup.A throws the ball to B who controls theball with the chest toward C and passes toC ; C throws the ball to A who controlswith the chest toward B and passes to B ;etc.
Variation :
- changing direction
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 5 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3038
Air ball controls 20 min
Air ball controls
Controlling + shooting
Focusing on the first touch : a quickcontrol of the ball in the chosen direction.
Having the ball on the ground after thefirst touch.
Different kind of control to make :half-volley control inside right foot ;half-volley control outside right foot ;half-volley control inside right foot behindplanted leg. Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Controlling in a direction + shooting :
A throws the ball to B ; B controls towardthe goal and shoots.
Variations :
Variation 1 : ball coming from the left andshot right foot (see diagram)Variation 2 : ball coming from the rightand shot left foot
Instructions :
- working on the different kind of air ballcontrols- quick sequence control + shot
20 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 5 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3039
Air ball controls 20 min
Air ball controls
Controlling + shooting
Focusing on the first touch : a quickcontrol of the ball in the chosen direction.
Having the ball on the ground after thefirst touch.
Different kind of control to make :half-volley control inside right foot ;half-volley control outside right foot ;half-volley control inside right foot behindplanted leg. Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Controlling in a direction + shooting :
A throws the ball to B ; B, the goal at hisback, controls toward the goal and shoots.
Variations :
Variation 1 : control toward the goal + shotright foot (see diagram)Variation 2 : control toward the goal + shotleft foot
Instructions :
- 2 touches if possible : one to control theball and one to shoot- quick sequence control + shot- working on the different kind of air ballcontrols
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 5 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5046
Spreading out 20 min
Spreading out
Spreading out, playing the ball wide, usingall the width of the field :
- in order to go around the opponent'sdefense
- in order to spread out the opponent'sdefense and to create space in front of thegoal
- to look for outnumber
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Spreading out and attacking from theside.Looking for the cross.
21 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 6 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1021 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2005 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3046 / Air ball trapping3047 / Air ball trapping3040 / Air ball controls
15 min20 min20 min
Match : 5046 / Spreading out 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 40
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
22 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 6 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1021
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Long air pass
Game for keepers
Equipment: 1 ball, cones, pennies (2colors).
Big warm-up game:
An 8x8 yard area is in the middle of a25x25 square yard field.5 vs 5 game (or more depending on thenumber of players). The keeper is in themiddle area. No other player is allowed tostep in the middle area.To score, one has to pass the ball in theair to the keeper who has to catch the ballwithout releasing it. The keeper alwaysplays with the team that has the ball.
Instructions:
- free play- limiting the number of touches
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 6 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2005
Speed 10 min
Speed
changing speed
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Race - Relays:
Making 2 teams. 5 yards spaces betweenlines of cones. At the sonorous signal, thefirst player of each team gets the ballplaced on the second line and brings itback to the first line;then they run to get the ball placed on thethird line and bring it back to the hands ofthe next player.This player brings the ball back to thesecond line then comes back to get theball placed on the first line and brings itback to the third line.They run back to give the relay to the thirdplayer tagging him in the hand, act.Alternatively, players bring back orreplace the balls.The first team to finish wins. Do severalrounds.
23 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 6 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3046
Air ball trapping 15 min
Air ball trapping
Trapping + long passing
Focusing on controlling air ball : air balltrap.
Different kind of trapping to make :trapping instep right foot ; trapping insideright foot ; trapping with the thigh ;trapping with the chest ; trapping with thehead. Same traps left foot.
Equipment : balls.
Long pass + trapping :
Groups of 2 players. 1 ball per group.Face to face : A makes a long pass to B ;B traps the ball with the foot, thigh, chestor head then passes long to A ; etc.
Instructions :
- long passes with the instep- adapting distance between A and B- application when trapping the ball
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 6 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3047
Air ball trapping 20 min
Air ball trapping
Trapping + long passing
Trapping + shooting
Long pass and cross
Focusing on controlling air ball : air balltrap.
Different kind of trapping to make :trapping instep right foot ; trapping insideright foot ; trapping with the thigh ;trapping with the chest ; trapping with thehead. Same traps left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Long pass + trapping + shot :
A makes a long pass to B ; B traps theball ; B passes long to A ; A traps the balland shoots at the goal.
Instructions :
- long passes with the instep- working on different kinds of trapping- choosing the kind of trapping the mostadapted to the situation- after having trapped the ball, A dribblesand shoots quickly
Instructions :
Variation 1 : B crosses from the right (seediagram)Variation 2 : B crosses from the left
24 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 6 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3040
Air ball controls 20 min
Air ball controls
Controlling + long pass
Controlling + shooting
Focusing on the first touch : a quickcontrol of the ball in the chosen direction.
Different kind of control to make :half-volley control inside right foot ;half-volley control outside right foot ;half-volley control inside right foot behindplanted leg. Same with left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Long pass + control + shot :
A makes a long pass to B ; B controls andcrosses to A ; A controls toward the goaland shoots.
Variations :
Variation 1 : B crosses from the right andA shoots left foot (see diagram)Variation 2 : B crosses from the left and Ashoots right foot
Instructions :
- working on the different kind of air ballcontrols- good long passes (weigh and accuracy)
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 6 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : First touch on air ball
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5046
Spreading out 20 min
Spreading out
Spreading out, playing the ball wide, usingall the width of the field :
- in order to go around the opponent'sdefense
- in order to spread out the opponent'sdefense and to create space in front of thegoal
- to look for outnumber
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Spreading out and attacking from theside.Looking for the cross.
25 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 7 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1032 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2002 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3065 / 1 vs 1 moves3071 / 1 vs 1 moves3069 / 1 vs 1 moves
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5011 / 1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
26 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 7 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1032
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
3 vs 3 game:
30x20 yard fields with small goals (2yards or bigger depending on the agegroup) with no keeper.3 vs 3 game; 3 minutes per game; rotateopponent.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 7 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2002
Speed 10 min
Speed
Reaction speed
Running speed
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Duel for the ball :
Races per 2 players. 5 yards spacebetween cones.At the sonorous signal, players sprint,going around the cones of the slalom: thefirst player arriving to the ball shoots.1 point for the team per shot and onebonus point per goal scored.One duel at a time (no relay).
Variations:
- start standing up- start sitting down- start laying down
27 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 7 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3065
1 vs 1 moves 15 min
1 vs 1 moves
Cuts
Focusing on the notion of change ofdirection.
The cut (the move + the acceleration)allows the player to change directionquickly.
Different cuts to make : inside right foot ;outside right foot ; inside behind plantedleg ; double-touch ; etc. Same left foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Cuts :
Maximum 4 players per station. One ballper player.The player dribbles the ball and makesthe cut in front of each yellow cone (cone= opponent).Setting several courses.
Instructions :
- application on each cut- the cut must a sharp change of direction
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 7 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3071
1 vs 1 moves 15 min
1 vs 1 moves
Cuts
Focusing on the notion of change ofdirection.
The cut (the move + the acceleration)allows the player to change of directionquickly.
Double-touch : double-touch inside rightfoot left foot ; double-touch inside outsideright foot.
Equipment : balls, cones, timer.
Cuts course :
The player dribbles through the course asfast as he can (see diagram).Timing : players have several tries tobreak their record.Free dribbling.
Comment :
No specific instructions. The course is setso that players have to make asuccession of double-touches to go fast.
28 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 7 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3069
1 vs 1 moves 20 min
1 vs 1 moves
Cuts
Focusing on the notion of change ofdirection.
The cut (the move + the acceleration)allows the player to change of directionquickly.
Double-touch : double-touch inside rightfoot left foot ; double-touch inside outsideright foot.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Course with cuts and shots :
Players advance on the course (seediagram).A dribbles the ball through the slalom andshoots at the goal. After the shot he goesto B. B does the same in the otherdirection and goes to A after his shot.The trainer announces the kind of cut tomake through the cones.Non-stop course.
Cuts to make :
double-touch inside right foot - inside leftfootdouble-touch inside right foot - outsideright footdouble-touch inside left foot - inside rightfootdouble-touch inside left foot - outside leftfoot
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 7 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5011
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 20 min
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent
Beating an opponent with "faking" and"pretending". The ball carrier pretends hegoes in one direction but goes in anotherone.
- importance of the positioning, the speedand angle of run of the opponent
- not to start the 1 vs 1 move too late
- bringing speed and change of speed ;Keeping the defender off-guard
- protecting the ball (using shoulders,body, feet, ...)
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Using 1 vs 1 moves to beat the defender.Playing 1 vs 1 in the attacking third(finishing zone).
29 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 8 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1001 / Technical exercise 15 min
Physical : 2015 / Coordination 10 min
Technical : 3077 / 1 vs 1 moves3080 / 1 vs 1 moves
15 min20 min
Tactical : 4024 / 1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 15 min
Match : 5011 / 1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
30 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 8 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1001
Technical exercise 15 min
Technical exercise
Dribbling the ball
Looking around
First touch
Passing
Equipment: balls, cones.
Dribbling and Passing:
Split the players into groups of 6 or more.Players make a circle approximately 12yards in diameter. Two players have aball.Players who have a ball dribble it for a fewyards, pass to a teammate without a ball,and then take their place.
Variations:
- asking players to make a fake beforepassing- 2 touches (control + pass)- adding a third ball (or more) toencourage players to look up.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 8 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2015
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Agility
Vivacity
Fake
Equipment: pennies (1 color).
Agility and vivacity:
Have groups of 2 players.Each player has a pennie placed on theback (half in the short).Duel: trying to take opponent's penniewhile keeping one's own pennie. Onepoint scored each time a player takes thepinnie.1 minute games. Changing opponentregularly.
Variation:
- no pennie: to score, touching one of theopponent's feet
31 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 8 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3077
1 vs 1 moves 15 min
1 vs 1 moves
Fakes
Focusing on the notions of makingbelieve, pretending.
Pretending to go in a direction and goingin other one.
Unbalancing one's opponent.
Fakes to make: body fakes; shot fake;scissors; step-over; double scissors; etc.Using right and left foot.
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Fakes:
Two teams play against each other like onthe diagram. Duel opposing one player ofeach team.A has the ball in front of his feet. To score,A has to dribble through to both goals. Btries to prevent A from scoring.The play is on as soon as a touches theball.
Instruction:
- A multiplies the fakes without touchesthe ball to unbalance B and goes to scorea goal in the opposite goal.
Variations:
- the defenders scores if he takes the ballback from the attacker- the defender scores if he tags theattacker
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 8 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3080
1 vs 1 moves 20 min
1 vs 1 moves
Fakes
Fake and shot
Focusing on the notions of makingbelieve, pretending.Keeping the defenderoff-guard.
Pretending to go in a direction and goingin other one. Looking for effectiveness inthe shots.
Fakes to make: body fakes; shot fake;scissors; step-over; double scissors; etc.Using right and left foot.
Equipment: balls, cones.
Fake and 1 vs 1 and shot:
The attacker tries to score after havingeliminated the defender who's in the 6x6square yard.
Variations:
- the defender just does opposite withouttrying to intercept the ball (passivedefender)- the defender tries to get the ball back(active defender)
Instructions:
- using different fakes to go past theopponent- trying to score just after having beatenan opponent
32 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 8 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4024
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 15 min
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent
Beating an opponent is associated withthe notions of "faking" and "pretending".The ball carrier pretends a goes in adirection but goes in another one.
- Appreciating the position, the speed andangle of run of the opponent
- not to start the 1 vs 1 move too late
- bringing speed and change of speed;Keeping the defender off-guard
- protecting the ball (using shoulders,body, feet,)
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
1 vs 1 duel:
15x15 square yard field with 2 small goals(2 yards).Exercise is set up like on the diagram.The attacker (yellow) dribbles toward thedefender (red) and tries to go past them toscore on one of two goals.To score, A has to dribble the ball throughone of both goals defended by B.Changing roles every 4 minutes. Doseveral rounds.
Instructions:
- 1 point per goal scored- using 1 vs 1 moves to beat the opponent
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 8 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5011
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 20 min
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent
Beating an opponent with "faking" and"pretending". The ball carrier pretends hegoes in one direction but goes in anotherone.
- importance of the positioning, the speedand angle of run of the opponent
- not to start the 1 vs 1 move too late
- bringing speed and change of speed ;Keeping the defender off-guard
- protecting the ball (using shoulders,body, feet, ...)
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Using 1 vs 1 moves to beat the defender.Playing 1 vs 1 in the attacking third(finishing zone).
33 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training programDate : 08/08/2007
Theme of the program : No theme
Type : Seasonal of 24 sessions (2 per week)
Number of sessions per week : 2
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Comments :
Session 1 : No printed
Session 2 : No printed
Session 3 : No printed
Session 4 : No printed
Session 5 : No printed
Session 6 : No printed
Session 7 : No printed
Session 8 : No printed
Session 9 : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session 10 : Creating space
Session 11 : Creating space
Session 12 : Creating space
Session 13 : Creating space
Session 14 : One touch play
Session 15 : One touch play
Session 16 : One touch play
Session 17 : No printed
Session 18 : No printed
Session 19 : No printed
Session 20 : No printed
Session 21 : No printed
Session 22 : No printed
Session 23 : No printed
Session 24 : No printed
1 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 9 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1002 / Technical exercise 15 min
Physical : 2018 / Speed and coordination 10 min
Tactical : 4027 / 1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent4036 / 1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent4040 / 1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5011 / 1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
2 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 9 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1002
Technical exercise 15 min
Technical exercise
Controlling
Passing facing the play
Asking for the ball
Equipment: balls, cones.
Controlling + Passing:
All the players are inside an area of 20x25yards. One ball for 2 players.Players move and pass the ball to eachother. Groups consist of 2 players.After a few minutes, set the following rule:everybody plays together (no moregroups); it's forbidden to pass the ball tothe player who just passed you the ball.
Instructions:
- after a pass, get wide and face the play- ask for a pass to the feet- look around
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 9 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2018
Speed and coordination 10 min
Speed and coordination
Speed agility
Vivacity
Reaction speed
Coordination
Equipment : cones.
Miror game :
Setting several fields composed of two7x7 yard square. 2 players per field.The 2 players face each other each ofthem being in the middle of his square.A leads the game : A runs and touches acone with his hand. B plays the reflectionof A.Going slowly at the beginning then fastwhen the game is well understood.Changing role every 30 seconds.
Instructions :
- A must always go to touch a cone- A and B are always facing each other
Variation :
- B tries to imitate A but when A goesforward B has to go backward and whenA goes backward B has to go forward
3 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 9 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4027
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 15 min
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent
To beat an opponent is to fake to go in adirection and then going into a differentdirection.
- reading the speed and angle of the runof the opponent
- timing of the 1vs1 move
- change of speed ; keeping the defenderoff-guard/off-balance
- shielding the ball (using shoulders, body,feet,)
Equipment: balls, cones.
1 vs 1 duel:
Several 12x6 yard fields with 2 smallgoals (2 yards).1 vs 1 duel on each field.1 min. 30 sec. games.Moving up/Moving down game: the winnermoves up, the loser moves down.
Moving up/moving down game rules:
- winners move up (toward field 1) andlosers move down (toward field 4)
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 9 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4036
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 15 min
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent
To beat an opponent is to fake to go in adirection and then going into a differentdirection.
Advices and criteria of success:
- reading the speed and angle of the runof the opponent
- timing of the 1vs1 move
- change of speed ; keeping the defenderoff-guard/off-balance
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
2 vs 2 games:
20x20 yds fields with small goals (2 yards)(see diagram).Have teams of 2 players and set upseveral fields next to each other.2 vs 2 games: Each team attacks anddefends 2 goals. To score, dribble the ballthrough one of the opposition's goals. 3minute games.Moving up/moving down game: the winnermoves up, the loser moves down.
Moving up/moving down game rules:
- winners move up (toward field 1) andlosers move down (toward field 3)
Coaching points :
- forward passes are forbidden; onlybackward and sideward passes allowed- encouraging players to beat the directopponent in the 1 vs 1 situations (takingrisks)
4 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 9 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4040
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 15 min
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent
To beat an opponent is to fake to go in adirection and then going into a differentdirection.
- reading the speed and angle of the runof the opponent
- timing of the 1vs1 move
- change of speed ; keeping the defenderoff-guard/off-balance
- shielding the ball (using shoulders, body,feet,)
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (3colors).
3 vs 3 + Gks:
3 teams of 3 players. 26x20 yard field withgoals.3 vs 3 + Gks. One team is resting.3 minutes per game.Small sided game with goals close toeach other. Players are constantly in theattacking third that means priority toshooting and beating one's opponent.
Instructions:
- when there is a corner-kick, the keeperof the team which has the corner-kickrestarts the play with a throw (nocorner-kick)- when there is a goal-kick, the keeperrestarts the play with a throw (nogoal-kick)- after a goal, the keeper restarts the playwith a throw (no kick-off)- encouraging players to take risks:shooting and trying to beat one'sopponent, playing 1 vs 1 situations
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 9 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 1vs1 moves + 1vs1
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5011
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent 20 min
1 vs 1 moves to beat an opponent
Beating an opponent with "faking" and"pretending". The ball carrier pretends hegoes in one direction but goes in anotherone.
- importance of the positioning, the speedand angle of run of the opponent
- not to start the 1 vs 1 move too late
- bringing speed and change of speed ;Keeping the defender off-guard
- protecting the ball (using shoulders,body, feet, ...)
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Using 1 vs 1 moves to beat the defender.Playing 1 vs 1 in the attacking third(finishing zone).
5 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 10 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1029 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2004 / Speed 10 min
Tactical : 4002 / Getting open4009 / Getting open4010 / Getting open
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
6 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 10 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1029
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game:
35x20 yard field with goals (2 yards orbigger depending on the age group) andno keeper.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 10 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2004
Speed 10 min
Speed
reacting to a sonorous signal
Running speed
Equipment: cones, pennies (2 colors).
Sprint duel:
Races per 2 players. 6 and 8-yard spacesbetween lines 1, 2, and 3.At the sonorous signal, both playerscomplete the following course(determined by 3 lines) as fast aspossible:sprinting from 1 to 2; running backwardfrom 2 to 1 then sprinting up to the line 3.1 point for the team per duel won. A duelat a time (no relay).
Variations:
- start standing up- start sitting down- start laying down
7 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 10 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4002
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones.
4 vs 2 keep-away:
Groups of 6 players. One ball per group, a15x15 yard field (with a diagonal) pergroup.Four players try to keep possession of theball against two defenders who try to get itback.Each defender has to stay in one'striangle.
Variations:
- Have teams of 2 players: both players ofthe team that loses the ball becomedefenders- only the player who loses the ballbecomes defender
Instructions:
- leading players in their moves ifnecessary- helping the ball carrier
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 10 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4009
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
5 vs 3 keep away:
20x20 square yard field.5 players (4 outside and 1 inside the field)try to keep possession of the ball against3 defenders (inside the field).Changing roles regularly.
Variations:
- 1 point per pass made to the midfielder- the midfielder is limited to 1 touch
8 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 10 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4010
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
6 vs 4 keep away:
20x20 square yard field split in 4 squares.6 players (4 outside and 2 inside the field)try to keep possession of the ball against4 defenders (inside the field).Each defender has to stay in their square.Have 5 teams of 2 players. Changingroles of players every 2 minutes.
Variations:
- 1 point per pass made to the midfielder- 1 point per 1-2 made betweenmidfielders
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 10 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
9 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 11 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1017 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2017 / Speed and coordination 10 min
Tactical : 4015 / Getting open4016 / Getting open4013 / Getting open
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
10 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 11 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1017
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Passing
Getting open
Equipment: balls, cones.
Keep-away 4 vs 2:
12x12 yard field. Four players are outsideof the field and try to keep possession ofthe ball. Two defenders are inside thefield and try to intercept the ball.The player who loses the ball becomesdefender.
Variations:
- free play- 2 touches maximum
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 11 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2017
Speed and coordination 10 min
Speed and coordination
Speed agility
Vivacity
Speed
Coordination
Equipment: none.
Slalom races:
Groups of 5 or 6 players.
Two Variations (see diagram):
In red: players jog slowly one after oneleaving a 2 or 3 yards space betweenthem.At the sonorous signal, the last player (E)slaloms as fast as possible throughplayers and goes in front of A.At the second signal, D does the same;etc.In blue: same principle as before butplayers jog backward.At the first sonorous signal, A slalomsbackward as fast as possible throughplayers and goes behind E; etc.
11 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 11 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4015
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (3colors).
3 vs 2 attacking waves:
Teams of 3 players.The Red team (3 players) attacks the Blueteam (2 players and 1 keeper). TheYellow team is waiting in the midfield.When the play is over: the Blue teamgoes to the midfield and waits; the Redteam defends; the Yellow team attacks.If the defense gets the ball back; it has toplay it in the feet of one of the player ofthe waiting team.
Instructions:
- asking the ball carrier to challenge thedefense- asking other players to spread out tocreate space
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 11 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4016
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
3 vs 2 attacking:
Groups of 6 players. 35x20 yard field pergroup (see diagram).The Red team (3 players) attacks the Blueteam (2 players and 1 keeper).When the play is over: the Red team goesback to defense (2 players and 1 keeper);the Blue team attacks (3 players).
Instruction:
- no counter-attack (if a defender gets theball back, he has to pass it back to hiskeeper, giving time to the opponent to goback in defense
12 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 11 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4013
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Captains game:
Groups of 6 players. One ball per group,30x20 yard field (with two 3x3 yardoutside areas) per group.2 vs 2 game inside the field. To score,pass the ball to the player (captain) ofone's team who's in the opposite outsidearea.When a team doesn't have the ball, thecaptain; staying in his area plays with theopposite team as a support.4 vs 2 situation when in possession of theball.
Instruction:
- changing captains regularly
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 11 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
13 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 12 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1030 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2006 / Speed 10 min
Tactical : 4006 / Getting open4014 / Getting open4019 / Getting open
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
14 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 12 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1030
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game:
25x25 yard field with 4 small goals (2yards or bigger depending on the agegroup). 2 goals on each side. Each teamattacks and defends 2 goals.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 12 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2006
Speed 10 min
Speed
Reaction speed
Running speed
Equipment: cones.
Elimination race:
All the players are inside of a 6-yarddiameter circle.Cones are 10 yards away around thecircle. There are 2 cones more than thereare players.At the sonorous signal, players run up to acone and stop at the cone.The 2 players who are not at a cone areeliminated.Start again taking away 2 more cones,etc. The players remaining at the end win.Do several rounds.
Variations:
- players jog in the circle- players move on all four in the circle- players crawl in the circle
15 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 12 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4006
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (3colors).
8 vs 4 game:
Making 3 teams of 4 players. 25x25square yard field.4 vs 4 inside the field.The team that has the ball tries to keeppossession of it with the help of theoutside players who always play with theteam who has the ball.Changing middle teams every 3 minutes.
Variations:
- outside players are limited to 2 touchesthen 1 touch- outside players cannot pass to eachother- only passes between inside playerscount as a point
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 12 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4014
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Gates game:
35x25 yard field with five 2 yard gatesspread out all over the field.4 vs 4 game. To score, a player has tomake a pass to a teammate through oneof the 5 gates.
Variations:
- players are not allowed to score twice ina row on the same gate- adding or taking off a gate
16 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 12 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4019
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (4colors).
9 vs 3 keep away:
35x25 yard field. 4 teams of 3 players.Three teams try to keep possession of theball against one team that tries to get itback. AThe team losing the ball becomes thedefending team.diagram: Red, Green and Yellow playtogether against White.
Instructions:
- looking for safety- playing the ball where there are lessopponents- looking for and creating space
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 12 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
17 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 13 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1016 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2012 / Coordination 10 min
Tactical : 4003 / Getting open4011 / Getting open4020 / Getting open
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
18 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 13 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1016
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Getting open
Playing forward
Equipment: 1 ball, cones.
Big warm-up game:
50x30 yard field with areas at theextremities.6 vs 6 stop-ball (or more depending onthe number of players). To score, stop theball in the zone opposed to one's camp.Players don't wear pennies. Welldetermining teams before the start of thegame.
Instructions:
- free play- looking around
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 13 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2012
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Speed agility
Equipment: cones, sticks.
Coordination course:
Starting every 3 seconds, players runthrough the course (see diagram)respecting the following instructions.
Course instructions:
A: running through sticks without touchingthemB: 3x’s hopping on right foot; 3x’s hoppingon left footC: running backwardD: stepping on the right and on the left ofthe bars (never between them)E: between bars going forwardF: shuffle between bars going backward
19 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 13 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4003
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones.
4 vs 2 keep-away:
Groups of 6 players. One ball per group, a15x15 yard field per group.Four players try to keep possession of theball against two defenders who try to get itback.
Variations:
- Have teams of 2 players: both players ofthe team that loses the ball becomedefenders- only the player who loses the ballbecomes defender
Instructions:
- leading players in their moves ifnecessary- helping the ball carrier
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 13 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4011
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
5 vs 3 keeps away:
20x20 square yard field with a 5x5 yardarea in the middle.5 players (4 outside and 1 inside themiddle area) try to keep possession of theball against 3 defenders who try to get itback (they can not step in the middlearea).Changing roles regularly.
Variations:
- 1 point per pass made to the midfielder- the midfielder is limited to one touch
20 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 13 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4020
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
3 vs 3 directed game:
30x20 yard fields with small goals (2-3yards).3 vs 3 game.Asking players to constantly help andoffer solutions to the ball carrier.
Instructions:
- free play- stopping the game to explain anddemonstrate if necessary
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 13 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
21 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 14 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1012 / Technical exercise 15 min
Physical : 2009 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3091 / One touch play3092 / One touch play3109 / One touch play
10 min15 min20 min
Match : 5018 / One touch play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
22 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 14 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1012
Technical exercise 15 min
Technical exercise
Pass
One touch play
The touch
Equipment: balls.
One touch pass:
Groups of 6 players (see diagram).A passes the ball to B and runs back totheir line.B passes to C with one touch and runsback to their line; etc.Passes must be precise and measuredout to give rhythm to the game.
Instructions:
- one touch play- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 14 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2009
Speed 10 min
Speed
Running speed
Reaction speed
Gestural speed
Equipment: balls.
Reacting to the opponent come back:
Groups of 2 players: B is 30 yards awayface to the goal. A is 7 yards behind himwith ball.A passes the ball through B's legs andtries to prevent B from scoring.When B sees the ball go through his/herlegs they sprint to get it back and try toscore reacting to A's come back.Be a then B alternatively.
Comment:
All the players work on the same goal toallow players to totally recover after eachrun.
23 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 14 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3091
One touch play 10 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls.
One touch give-and-go :
Groups of 4 players. One ball per group.One touch give-and-go : players arelimited to one touch.The player passes the ball and runsbehind the last player of the opposite line.
Instructions :
- keeping the ball on the ground- using right and left foot
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 14 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3092
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls, cones.
One touch passing :
Groups of 5 players. One ball per group.A passes to B who makes a lead pass toA ; A passes to C who makes a lead passto A ; A passes to D and runs behind D.D does the same course like A in theother direction.Changing position regularly.
Instructions :
- no control (one touch pass)- being on one's toes when receiving theball- attacking the ball
24 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 14 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3109
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Focusing on the quality of the shotspaying attention at the position of thebody.
Equipment : balls, cones.
One touch shooting :
A passes to B ; B makes a lead pass to A; A passes to C who makes a lead pass toA ; A shoots at the goal.
Instructions :
- players are limited to one touch- using right foot and left to pass andshoot- changing positions regularly
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 14 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5018
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.One touch play to win time and acceleratethe pace of the play when the situationasks for it.
25 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 15 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1014 / Technical exercise 15 min
Physical : 2019 / Speed and coordination 10 min
Technical : 3100 / One touch play3101 / One touch play3112 / One touch play
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5018 / One touch play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
26 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 15 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1014
Technical exercise 15 min
Technical exercise
1-2
Asking for the ball
One touch
Equipment: balls, cones.
The 1-2:
Players evolve in a 30x20 yard field. Halfof the players have a ball.Ball carriers play 1-2 with players withouta ball.A passes to B and asks for the ball,sprinting; B makes a lead pass with onetouch.If, after his pass, A doesn't ask for theball, B controls it and becomes a ballcarrier.
Instructions:
- accurate and well directed passes- players without ball jog and ask for theball- composure in one touch passes back
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 15 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2019
Speed and coordination 10 min
Speed and coordination
Running techniques
Jumps
Running speed
Equipment : bars, cones.
Running techniques + sprint :
Setting 8 bars 20 inches from each other.Players run through the course 2 by 2following the trainer's instructions : eachpass is followed by a 10 yard sprint.
Instructions for the different round :
- one step between bars : very quick- 2 steps (RF + LF) between bars : veryquick- standing jumps between bars- standing jumps with high knee changingfoot each step- lateral run : 2 quick step between bars- hopping right foot- hopping left foot
27 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 15 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3100
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls.
One touch passing :
Groups of 3 players. One ball per group.A passes to B who passes back to A inone touch ; A passes to C ; C passes to Bwho just turned around ; B passes back toC ; C passes to A ; et.All passes are made with one touch. Bturns around and let the ball go past himafter each of his pass.
Instructions :
- players are limited to one touch (nocontrol)- quality of passes : weigh and accuracy- being on one's toes
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 15 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3101
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls, cones.
/4 one touch passing exercise :
Groups of 4 players. One ball per group.A passes to B who passes back to A withone touch ; A passes diagonally to C ; Cpasses to D who passes back to C ; Cpasses diagonally to B ; etc. (seediagram)After his pass B runs in A and A in B ;after his pass D runs in C and C in D.
Instructions :
- one touch passing (no control)- quality of passes : weigh and accuracy- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
28 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 15 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3112
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on the quality ofthe shots.
Equipment : balls, cones.
One touch passing and shooting :
A passes to B who passes back to A ; Amakes a soft in-depth pass to B ; Bpasses laterally to C who shoots at thegoal.Players are limited to one touch.Changing positions regularly.
Variations :
Variation 1 : pass from A to C comes fromthe right + shot right foot (see diagram)Variation 2 : pass from A to C comes fromthe left + shot left foot
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 15 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5018
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.One touch play to win time and acceleratethe pace of the play when the situationasks for it.
29 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 16 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1008 / Technical exercise 15 min
Physical : 2003 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3090 / One touch play3097 / One touch play3108 / One touch play
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5018 / One touch play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
30 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 16 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1008
Technical exercise 15 min
Technical exercise
1-2
Passing and moving
Asking for the ball
Asking for a lead pass
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
The 1-2:
4 vs 4: two teams of 4 players playagainst each other on a 20x20 squareyard field.Keeping possession of the ball. Trying toplay 1-2 with their teammates. One pointscored per 1-2 correctly made.
Instructions:
- passing and asking for the ball- passing and accelerating- concentration and application inone-touch passes
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 16 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2003
Speed 10 min
Speed
running speed
Gestural speed
Equipment: balls, cones.
Sprinting and shooting:
2 goals face to face (26 yards) withkeepers.A passes the ball to B and B passes theball to A.After their pass, A and B sprint to receivethe ball from their teammate and shoot atthe goal (First time shot).One point for the player whom's ball getsin the net first. After the shot, A goes to Band B goes to A.
Variations:
- passing in front of oneself and sprintingdiagonally (diagram)- passing diagonally and sprinting straightahead
31 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 16 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3090
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls, cones.
4 vs 1 keepaway (no control) :
Groups of 5 players with one ball pergroup. 10x10 yard field.Four players try to keep possession of theball against one defender.The player who loses the ball becomesthe defender.Players are limited to one touch.
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 16 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3097
One touch play 15 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls, cones.
5 vs 2 keepaway (no control) :
Groups of 7 players with one ball pergroup. 10x10 yards squares. 5 players (4outside + 1 inside the field) try to keeppossession of the ball against 2defenders.Each defender has to stay in his square.A is allowed to play in both squares.Players are limited to one touch (nocontrol play).One point scored each time the midfieldertouches the ball without losing it.
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
32 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 16 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3108
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on the quality ofthe shots.
Equipment : balls.
One touch passes and shots course :
A passes to B then runs in front of thegoal. B passes to A who makes a leadpass to B. B shoots at the goal.Same for C and D on the other goal.
Instructions :
- players are limited to one touch- using right foot and left to pass andshoot
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 16 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5018
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.One touch play to win time and acceleratethe pace of the play when the situationasks for it.
33 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training programDate : 08/08/2007
Theme of the program : No theme
Type : Seasonal of 24 sessions (2 per week)
Number of sessions per week : 2
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Comments :
Session 1 : No printed
Session 2 : No printed
Session 3 : No printed
Session 4 : No printed
Session 5 : No printed
Session 6 : No printed
Session 7 : No printed
Session 8 : No printed
Session 9 : No printed
Session 10 : No printed
Session 11 : No printed
Session 12 : No printed
Session 13 : No printed
Session 14 : No printed
Session 15 : No printed
Session 16 : No printed
Session 17 : 2vs1 attacking
Session 18 : 2vs1 attacking
Session 19 : 2vs1 attacking
Session 20 : Direction of play
Session 21 : Direction of play
Session 22 : Direction of play
Session 23 : Heading technique
Session 24 : Volleying
1 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 17 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1015 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2020 / Speed and coordination 10 min
Technical : 3132 / Long passing3139 / Long passing and crossing3133 / Long passing and crossing
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5025 / Crossing and finishing 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
2 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 17 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1015
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Keeping possession of the ball
Playing forward
Keeper throw
Long air pass
Equipment: 1 ball, pennies (2 colors).
Big warm-up game:
60x40 yard field with areas at theextremities.Two teams play against each other (6v6or more) depending on the number ofplayers. Keepers are in the zone opposedto their camp.To score, the keeper has to catch an airpass without releasing it.
Instructions:
- free play- after a goal and when there is a goalkick, the keeper throws the ball for theother team- no corner kick (throw from the keeper tothe opposite team)
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 17 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2020
Speed and coordination 10 min
Speed and coordination
Running speed
Speed agility
Equipment : bars, cones, pinnies (2colors).
Relay race :
Making 2 teams. Races.The player, holding a ball in his hands,runs through the course as fast aspossible following the instructions thengives the ball to the next player. Thisplayer does the same. And on and on untilevery player has done it.Doing several rounds.
Variations :
- shuffle between bars then standingjumps over each cone + shuffle betweenbars then sprint up to the teammate- same running backward then sprint up tothe teammate
3 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 17 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3132
Long passing 15 min
Long passing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
Focusing on the form of the long passesand quality of the controls.
Equipment : balls.
Long pass :
Groups of 2 players. One ball per group.Face to face : A makes a long pass to B ;B controls the ball then makes a longpass to A ; etc.
Instructions :
- working on long passes right and leftfoot- working on the different kind of longpasses (straight long pass and high longpass)- adapting distance between A and B- free first touch
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 17 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3139
Long passing and crossing 15 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
One touch volley pass
Focusing on the quality of the long passesand one touch volley passes.
Equipment : balls.
Long passing + one touch passing :
Groups of 4 players. One ball per group.A makes a long pass to B who passesback to C in one touch ; C passes to Bwho makes a long pass to D ; D passesback to A ; A passes to D ; D makes along pass to C ; etc.After his long pass, A goes to D ( and D toA) ; after his long pass, B goes to C ( andC to B).
Instructions :
- working on right and left foot- working on the different kind of longpasses (straight and air)- adapting distance between playersdepending on age and level
4 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 17 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3133
Long passing and crossing 20 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
Controlling + shooting
Focusing on the good form of the longpass and on quality of controls andcrosses.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Long passing + crossing + shooting :
A makes a long pass to B ; B controls andmakes a long pass to C ; C controls andcrosses to D ; D shoots at the goal(controlling or not the ball).After his pass, A goes to C ; after hispass, B goes to D ; after his pass C goesto A ; after his shot, D goes to B.
Instructions :
- working on right and left foot- working on the different kind of longpasses (straight and air)- good weight and accuracy in passes
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 17 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5025
Crossing and finishing 20 min
Crossing and finishing
Cross
Long pass
Volleying
Heading
Finishing
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good crosses.Looking for effectiveness in front of thegoal when receiving a cross.
5 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 18 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1021 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2010 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3137 / Long passing and crossing3134 / Long passing and crossing3138 / Long passing and crossing
15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5025 / Crossing and finishing 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
6 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 18 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1021
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Long air pass
Game for keepers
Equipment: 1 ball, cones, pennies (2colors).
Big warm-up game:
An 8x8 yard area is in the middle of a25x25 square yard field.5 vs 5 game (or more depending on thenumber of players). The keeper is in themiddle area. No other player is allowed tostep in the middle area.To score, one has to pass the ball in theair to the keeper who has to catch the ballwithout releasing it. The keeper alwaysplays with the team that has the ball.
Instructions:
- free play- limiting the number of touches
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 18 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2010
Speed 10 min
Speed
Reaction speed
Equipment: sticks.
Reaction speed:
Groups of 2 players then 3 players.Two players are 3 yards away from eachother each holding a stick.At the signal, they release one's stick andcatching teammate's stick before it falls.Same game with 3 players.
Variations:
- at the sonorous signal (Go!)- Visual signal: at the start of a determinedplayer and in the way he chose
7 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 18 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3137
Long passing and crossing 15 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
One touch volley pass
Focusing on the quality of the long passesand one touch volley passes.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Long passing :
Groups of 4 players. One ball per group.A makes a long pass to B ; B passes backto C with one touch ; C makes a long passto D ; D passes to A ; etc.Changing roles regularly.
Instructions :
- working on right and left foot- working on the different kind of longpasses (straight and air)- adapting distance between A and B andbetween C and D
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 18 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3134
Long passing and crossing 15 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
One touch volley pass
Focusing on the good form of the longpass and on quality of the one touchvolley pass.
Equipment : balls.
Long passing :
Groups of 3 players. One ball per group.A makes a long pass to B ; B passes backto C with one touch ; C passes back to B ;B makes a long pass to A ; A passes backto C ; etc. C runs from A to B to pass theball back.Changing roles regularly.
Instructions :
- long pass with the instep- alternating long passes with right and leftfoot- adapting distance between A and B
8 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 18 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3138
Long passing and crossing 20 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
One touch volley pass
Crossing + shooting
Focusing on the quality of the longpasses, one touch volley passes andcrosses.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Long passing + one touch passing +crossing + shooting :
A makes a long pass to B (then A runs infront of the goal to receive the cross) ;B passes back to C in one touch ; Ccrosses to A ; A shoots at the goal (with orwithout control).
Instructions :
- working on right and left foot- working on the different kind of longpasses (straight and air)- doubling positions depending on numberof players (doubling at least A)- changing roles regularly.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 18 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5025
Crossing and finishing 20 min
Crossing and finishing
Cross
Long pass
Volleying
Heading
Finishing
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good crosses.Looking for effectiveness in front of thegoal when receiving a cross.
9 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 19 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1016 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2007 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3136 / Long passing and crossing3140 / Long passing and crossing
20 min20 min
Match : 5025 / Crossing and finishing 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 25
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
10 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 19 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1016
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Getting open
Playing forward
Equipment: 1 ball, cones.
Big warm-up game:
50x30 yard field with areas at theextremities.6 vs 6 stop-ball (or more depending onthe number of players). To score, stop theball in the zone opposed to one's camp.Players don't wear pennies. Welldetermining teams before the start of thegame.
Instructions:
- free play- looking around
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 19 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2007
Speed 10 min
Speed
Vivacity
Speed agility
Speed
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Duel for the ball:
Have 2 teams of players. 5 yards spacesbetween cones.At the sonorous signal, players sprinttouching each cone of the slalom withtheir hand: the first player who arrivesshoots the ball.1 point given to the team per shot and 1bonus point per goal scored.
Variations:
- start standing up- start sitting down- start laying down
11 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 19 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3136
Long passing and crossing 20 min
Long passing and crossing
Straight long pass
Long pass in the air
Controlling
Crossing + shooting
Focusing on the quality of the longpasses, controls and crosses.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Technical course with long passes andcrosses :
Controlling, long passing, crossing andshooting sequences. Goals are about 35yards away from each other.A makes a long pass to B ; B controls andmakes a long pass to C ; C controls andcrosses to D who shoots at the goal withor without control.(At the same time, A' makes a long passto B' ; B' controls and makes a long passto C' ; C' controls and crosses to D' whoshoots.After the pass, the player moves to thenext position : A goes to B ; B to C ; D toA' ; A' to B' ; etc.Doubling positions depending on numberof players. Non stop course.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 19 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3140
Long passing and crossing 20 min
Long passing and crossing
Crossing
Finishing
Focusing on the quality of crosses and onfinishing.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
Crossing and finishing :
30x20 yard field with 2 outside alleys (3yards).4 vs 4 (3 players + 1 keeper) plus 1 playerin each outside alley who always playswith the team who passes the ball to him.Players can score after a cross only.
Instructions :
- passing the ball to the outside player assoon as a team gets the ball back- looking for the cross quickly- finishing
12 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 19 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : 2vs1 attacking
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5025
Crossing and finishing 20 min
Crossing and finishing
Cross
Long pass
Volleying
Heading
Finishing
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good crosses.Looking for effectiveness in front of thegoal when receiving a cross.
13 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 20 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1019 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2016 / Coordination 10 min
Tactical : 4060 / Direction of play4064 / Direction of play4061 / Direction of play
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5039 / Direction of play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
14 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 20 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1019
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Looking around
Getting open
Dribbling the ball
Equipment: 1 ball, cones, pennies (2colors).
Doors game:
40x30 yard field with small doors (2yards).5 vs 5 game (or more depending on thenumber of players). To score, dribble theball through one of the doors.After a goal, the play is still on but it isforbidden to score twice in a row on thesame door.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 20 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2016
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Agility
Frequency
Equipment: cones or bars.
Agility exercises:
Bars (or cones) are placed on the field(about 20 inches between cones or bars).
Race instructions:
- 2 steps (1 right foot and 1 left foot)between cones- going forward 2 cones then steppingback one cone; going forward 2 conesthen stepping back one cone; etc.
Variations:
First exercise: player faces the courseSecond exercise: player moves laterally
15 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 20 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4060
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones.
4 vs 3 keepaway :
20x10 yard field (two 10x10 yard squaresside to side). Four players (outside thesquares) try to keep possession of the ballagainst three defenders trying to get itback.Passes between players must be made atleast through one of both squares.Two of the defenders have to stay in theirsquare and the third defender can defendon both squares.The player who loses the ball becomesdefender. To score, passing the ball fromA to B (or B to A) with or without the helpof C and D.
Variations :
- free play- players are limited to 3 touches
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 20 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4064
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, Do nothesitate to play with the support. The ballcarrier must always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
5 vs 5 captains game :
35x20 yard field with 2 zones (3 yards) atthe extremities.4 vs 4 game inside the field. To score, theteam has to pass the ball to the fifthplayer (the captain) who is in the oppositezone. The team scores one point of thecaptain have the ball under control insidethe zone.Changing captains regularly. When ateam scores, the captain restarts the playfor the other team.
Instruction :
- choosing the forward solution in priority
16 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 20 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4061
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
6 vs 4 keepaway :
20x20 yard field. Make 2 teams of 6players.4 vs 4 inside the field + 2 players of eachteam on the sides. (see diagram)To score, reds have to bring the ball fromA to B (or B to A) ; yellows from C to D (orD to C).Changing outside players every 3minutes.
Variations :
- free play- limitation of the number of touchesdepending on level of players
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 20 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5039
Direction of play 20 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Respecting principles of play in thedirection of play.
17 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 21 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1030 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2011 / Speed 10 min
Tactical : 4055 / Direction of play4053 / Direction of play4052 / Direction of play
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5039 / Direction of play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
18 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 21 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1030
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game:
25x25 yard field with 4 small goals (2yards or bigger depending on the agegroup). 2 goals on each side. Each teamattacks and defends 2 goals.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 21 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2011
Speed 10 min
Speed
running speed
Gestural speed
Equipment: balls, cones.
Sprint and shot:
2 goals are 26 yards away from eachother. Have 2 teams.A passes the ball through a small goal (2yards) then sprints to get it back andshoot in the opposite goal.B does the same at the other side.One point for the player whom's ball getsin the goal first. After the shot, A goesbehind blues and B behind reds.
Variations:
- shooting right foot- shooting left foot
19 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 21 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4055
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game :
12 yard ray circular field. Three smallgoals (2 yards) are set up like on thediagram.4 vs 4 game. Each team attacks anddefends the 3 goals.
Instruction :
- if it is stuck on one side, reorientating theball other side
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 21 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4053
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, Do nothesitate to play with the support. The ballcarrier must always have support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game :
4 vs 4 game on a 25x25 yard field withsmall goals (2 yards).Each team attacks and defends 2 goals.Shooting allowed on both goals.
Instruction :
- if it is stuck on one side, playing the ballback and orientating it other side
20 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 21 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4052
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, Do nothesitate to play with the support. The ballcarrier must always have support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
5 vs 5 game :
5 vs 5 game on a 35x20 yards wider thanlonger field.Each team attacks and defends 3 smallgoals (2 yards).
To score :
- in the outside goals : dribbling the ballthrough- in the middle goal : free (shootingallowed)
Instruction :
- if it is stuck on one side, playing the ballback and directing it to the other side
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 21 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5039
Direction of play 20 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Respecting principles of play in thedirection of play.
21 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 22 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1034 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2013 / Coordination 10 min
Tactical : 4054 / Direction of play4065 / Direction of play4056 / Direction of play
15 min15 min15 min
Match : 5039 / Direction of play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
22 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 22 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1034
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Looking around
Equipment: balls, cones.
4 vs 4 game without pennies:
35x20 yard field with goals (2 yards orbigger depending on the age group) andno keeper.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.Players do not wear pennies. Welldetermining teams before the start of thegame.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins but kick-ins- looking around
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 22 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2013
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Speed agility
Frequence
Equipment: cones or bars.
Agility exercise:
First exercise: two lines (lines or bars)parallel, 20 inches from each other:Alternating left foot step and right footstep outside the lines, and left foot stepand right foot step inside the lines (seediagram)Second exercise: using the outside fieldline or bars:Alternating left foot step and right footstep inside the field, and left foot step andright foot step outside the field (seediagram)
Instructions:
- vivacity- dynamism
23 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 22 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4054
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with support. The ball carrier mustalways have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
4 vs 4 stop-ball :
4 vs 4 game on a 35x20 yard field with 2yard zones at the extremities.To score, stopping the ball in the oppositezone.
Instruction :
- respecting priorities in the Direction ofplay to go to score
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 22 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4065
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, Do nothesitate to play with the support. The ballcarrier must always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
5 vs 5 gates game :
5 vs 5 game on a 40x30 yard field.Four 3 yard gates are set up near eachcorner of the field.To score, the player has to pass to one ofhis teammates through one of the 4 gates.
Instructions :
- a team is not allowed to score twice in arow on the same gate- if it is stuck on one side, redirecting theball to the other side
24 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 22 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4056
Direction of play 15 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the Direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support.
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
5 vs 5 stop-ball :
35x20 yard field wider than longer with a 3yard zone at the extremities.5 vs 5 game. To score, stopping the ballin the opposite zone.Respecting priorities in the Direction ofplay to go to score.
Instruction :
- if it is stuck on one side, reorientating theball other side
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 22 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Direction of play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5039
Direction of play 20 min
Direction of play
Support and offensive support. Prioritiesin the direction of play :
- choosing in priority the forward solution
- if there is no forward solution : playinglaterally
- if there is still no solution, do not hesitateto play with the support. The ball carriermust always have a support
Looking for the outnumber in theredirection of play.
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Respecting principles of play in thedirection of play.
25 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 23 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1022 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2001 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3122 / Heading3123 / Heading3125 / Heading
15 min20 min20 min
Match : 5025 / Crossing and finishing 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 40
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
26 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 23 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1022
The touch 15 min
The touch
Juggling
Individual control of the ball
Balance
Coordination
Equipment: balls.
Juggling test:
2 players: one player juggles and theother one counts.3 attempts per player with each jugglingvariation (keep the highest score).Keeping track of the results.
Variations:
- Right foot- Left foot- Header- Free
- etc.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 23 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2001
Speed 10 min
Speed
running speed
Equipment: cones, decameter.
Speed tests:
Speed: 40 meters timed.Going back and forth speed: 4x10mtimed.One attempt on each course.Keeping track of times to compare themto previous tests.
27 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 23 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3122
Heading 15 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head. Passing with thehead.
Focusing on heading the ball correctly, onthe form 'prepare and strike'
Equipment : balls, cones.
Passing and shoting with the head :
Groups of 3 players. A 8x8 yard field with2 (about 4 yards) goals per group.A throws the ball to B ; B makes a leadpass to A with a header ; A tries to scoreon C with a header.Then C throws the ball to B who makes alead pass to C with a header ; C tries toscore on A with a header.Changing roles regularly.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 23 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3123
Heading 20 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head. Shooting withthe head.
Focusing on heading the ball correctly, onthe form 'prepare and strike'
Equipment : balls, cones.
Shooting with the head :
A throws a lead pass to B who attacks theball and shoot at the goal with a header.
Variations :
Variation 1 : ball coming from the right +header (see diagram)Variation 2 : ball coming from the left +header
28 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 23 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3125
Heading 20 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head. Passing andshooting with the head.
Focusing on heading the ball correctly, onthe form 'prepare and strike'
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
3 vs 3 heading game :
15x15 yard field with goals.Two teams play against each other : 3players + 1 keeper per team.
Instructions :
- passing the ball with the head- scoring with a header- when the ball falls, picking up the ballwith the hands and passing it with thehead
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 23 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Heading technique
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5025
Crossing and finishing 20 min
Crossing and finishing
Cross
Long pass
Volleying
Heading
Finishing
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good crosses.Looking for effectiveness in front of thegoal when receiving a cross.
29 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 24 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1024 / The touch 15 min
Physical : 2005 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3126 / Volleying3130 / Volleying3131 / Volleying
10 min20 min15 min
Match : 5025 / Crossing and finishing 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 30
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
30 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 24 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1024
The touch 15 min
The touch
Controlling an air ball
Improving the touch
Equipment: balls, cones, net or barriers.
Soccer tennis:
2 vs 2 game. Two 6 square yards perside.At the beginning, allow 2 bounces thenlimiting to one bounce only. The bouncecan be used whenever the players want.Playing like volleyball: 2 passes maximumand passing the ball to the other side.The serve, from behind the back line, is apass to the opponent.Net = barriers, cones, string, etc. or 3yards space with cones between camps.
Variations:
- free play- limiting to 1 or 2 touches- adapting rules to the level of the players- playing 1 vs 1, 2 vs 2 or 3 vs 3
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 24 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2005
Speed 10 min
Speed
changing speed
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Race - Relays:
Making 2 teams. 5 yards spaces betweenlines of cones. At the sonorous signal, thefirst player of each team gets the ballplaced on the second line and brings itback to the first line;then they run to get the ball placed on thethird line and bring it back to the hands ofthe next player.This player brings the ball back to thesecond line then comes back to get theball placed on the first line and brings itback to the third line.They run back to give the relay to the thirdplayer tagging him in the hand, act.Alternatively, players bring back orreplace the balls.The first team to finish wins. Do severalrounds.
31 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 24 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3126
Volleying 10 min
Volleying
Volley passing
Focusing on the volley form.
Equipment : balls.
Volley passing :
Groups of 2 players. One ball per group.Face to face, A throws the ball to B whovolleys it back to A.
Volleys to make :
- inside right foot- inside left foot- instep tight foot- instep left foot
Instructions :
- being on one's toes- attacking the ball
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 24 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3130
Volleying 20 min
Volleying
Crossing
Volley shooting
Focusing on the volley form. Crossing andvolley shooting.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Crossing + volleying :
A crosses to B ; B attacks the ball andvolleys it in the goal. Then A' crosses to B'who attaks the ball and volleys it. Etc.
Variations :
Variation 1 : volleying a ball coming fromthe rightVariation 2 : volleying a ball coming fromthe left
Instructions :
- volleying right and left foot- A and A' cross with their good foot- throwing the ball if players can not cross
32 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 24 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3131
Volleying 15 min
Volleying
Volley shooting. Bicycle kicks.
Focusing on the volley form.
Equipment : balls, cones.
Acrobatic volleying :
B is back to the goal ; A throws the ball toB ; B makes an acrobatic volley.
Variations (the player choses) :
- bicycle kick- acrobatic volley
Comments :
- demonstrating if possible- explaining the good form of the bicyclekick
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 24 of a program composed of 24 sessions
Theme of the session : Volleying
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5025
Crossing and finishing 20 min
Crossing and finishing
Cross
Long pass
Volleying
Heading
Finishing
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Good crosses.Looking for effectiveness in front of thegoal when receiving a cross.
33 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training programDate : 08/08/2007
Theme of the program : No theme
Type : Yearly of 56 sessions (2 per week)
Number of sessions per week : 2
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Comments :
Session 1 : No printed
Session 2 : No printed
Session 3 : No printed
Session 4 : No printed
Session 5 : No printed
Session 6 : No printed
Session 7 : No printed
Session 8 : No printed
Session 9 : No printed
Session 10 : No printed
Session 11 : No printed
Session 12 : No printed
Session 13 : No printed
Session 14 : No printed
Session 15 : No printed
Session 16 : No printed
Session 17 : No printed
Session 18 : No printed
Session 19 : No printed
Session 20 : No printed
Session 21 : No printed
Session 22 : No printed
Session 23 : No printed
Session 24 : No printed
Session 25 : Creating space
Session 26 : Creating space
Session 27 : Creating space
Session 28 : Creating space
Session 29 : Creating space
Session 30 : Creating space
Session 31 : One touch play
Session 32 : One touch play
Session 33 : No printed
Session 34 : No printed
Session 35 : No printed
Session 36 : No printed
Session 37 : No printed
Session 38 : No printed
Session 39 : No printed
Session 40 : No printed
Session 41 : No printed
Session 42 : No printed
Session 43 : No printed
Session 44 : No printed
Session 45 : No printed
Session 46 : No printed
Session 47 : No printed
Session 48 : No printed
Session 49 : No printed
Session 50 : No printed
Session 51 : No printed
Session 52 : No printed
Session 53 : No printed
Session 54 : No printed
Session 55 : No printed
Session 56 : No printed
1 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 25 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1015 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2003 / Speed 10 min
Tactical : 4002 / Getting open4005 / Getting open
15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 15
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
2 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 25 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1015
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Keeping possession of the ball
Playing forward
Keeper throw
Long air pass
Equipment: 1 ball, pennies (2 colors).
Big warm-up game:
60x40 yard field with areas at theextremities.Two teams play against each other (6v6or more) depending on the number ofplayers. Keepers are in the zone opposedto their camp.To score, the keeper has to catch an airpass without releasing it.
Instructions:
- free play- after a goal and when there is a goalkick, the keeper throws the ball for theother team- no corner kick (throw from the keeper tothe opposite team)
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 25 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2003
Speed 10 min
Speed
running speed
Gestural speed
Equipment: balls, cones.
Sprinting and shooting:
2 goals face to face (26 yards) withkeepers.A passes the ball to B and B passes theball to A.After their pass, A and B sprint to receivethe ball from their teammate and shoot atthe goal (First time shot).One point for the player whom's ball getsin the net first. After the shot, A goes to Band B goes to A.
Variations:
- passing in front of oneself and sprintingdiagonally (diagram)- passing diagonally and sprinting straightahead
3 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 25 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4002
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones.
4 vs 2 keep-away:
Groups of 6 players. One ball per group, a15x15 yard field (with a diagonal) pergroup.Four players try to keep possession of theball against two defenders who try to get itback.Each defender has to stay in one'striangle.
Variations:
- Have teams of 2 players: both players ofthe team that loses the ball becomedefenders- only the player who loses the ballbecomes defender
Instructions:
- leading players in their moves ifnecessary- helping the ball carrier
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 25 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4005
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (4colors).
6 vs 2 keep-away:
Making teams of 2 players. 20x20 squareyard field.2 vs 2 inside the field. The team with theball tries to keep possession of it with thehelp of 4 outside players who always playwith the team who has the ball.Changing teams in the middle every 2minutes.Counting number of passes: at the end ofthe game, the team that made the mostpasses consecutively without losing theball wins.
Variations:
- outside players are limited to 2 then 1touch- outside players cannot pass to eachother- only passes between inside playerscount as a point
4 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 25 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
5 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 26 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1033 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2020 / Speed and coordination 10 min
Tactical : 4012 / Getting open4018 / Getting open
15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open5060 / Free play
20 min20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
6 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 26 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1033
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
3 vs 3 game:
30x20 yard field with small goals (2 yardsor bigger depending on the age group)and a impenetrable box (2x3 yards) infront of each goal.To score, the player must be in theopponent’s half. Nobody is allowed to stepinside the box in front of the goals.3 vs 3 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 26 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2020
Speed and coordination 10 min
Speed and coordination
Running speed
Speed agility
Equipment : bars, cones, pinnies (2colors).
Relay race :
Making 2 teams. Races.The player, holding a ball in his hands,runs through the course as fast aspossible following the instructions thengives the ball to the next player. Thisplayer does the same. And on and on untilevery player has done it.Doing several rounds.
Variations :
- shuffle between bars then standingjumps over each cone + shuffle betweenbars then sprint up to the teammate- same running backward then sprint up tothe teammate
7 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 26 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4012
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Checkers game:
20x15 yard field split in 5x5 square yards.Two teams of 6 players take place on thefield like on the diagram. Each player hasto stay in their own square delimited percones.The team that has the ball tries to keep it.1 point for the team that makes 10 passesconsecutively.
Variations:
- free play- players have 4 seconds to release theball- no voice communication
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 26 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4018
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (5colors).
8 vs 2 keep away:
35x25 yard field. 5 teams of 2 players.Four teams try to keep possession of theball against one team that tries to get itback. AThe team losing the ball becomes thedefending team.diagram: Red, Blue, Green and Yellowplay together against White.
Instructions:
- looking for safety- playing the ball where there are lessopponents- looking for and creating space
8 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 26 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 26 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5060
Free play 20 min
Free play
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Free play.No specific instructions.
9 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 27 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1021 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2005 / Speed 10 min
Tactical : 4015 / Getting open4016 / Getting open
15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 15
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
10 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 27 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1021
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Long air pass
Game for keepers
Equipment: 1 ball, cones, pennies (2colors).
Big warm-up game:
An 8x8 yard area is in the middle of a25x25 square yard field.5 vs 5 game (or more depending on thenumber of players). The keeper is in themiddle area. No other player is allowed tostep in the middle area.To score, one has to pass the ball in theair to the keeper who has to catch the ballwithout releasing it. The keeper alwaysplays with the team that has the ball.
Instructions:
- free play- limiting the number of touches
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 27 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2005
Speed 10 min
Speed
changing speed
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Race - Relays:
Making 2 teams. 5 yards spaces betweenlines of cones. At the sonorous signal, thefirst player of each team gets the ballplaced on the second line and brings itback to the first line;then they run to get the ball placed on thethird line and bring it back to the hands ofthe next player.This player brings the ball back to thesecond line then comes back to get theball placed on the first line and brings itback to the third line.They run back to give the relay to the thirdplayer tagging him in the hand, act.Alternatively, players bring back orreplace the balls.The first team to finish wins. Do severalrounds.
11 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 27 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4015
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (3colors).
3 vs 2 attacking waves:
Teams of 3 players.The Red team (3 players) attacks the Blueteam (2 players and 1 keeper). TheYellow team is waiting in the midfield.When the play is over: the Blue teamgoes to the midfield and waits; the Redteam defends; the Yellow team attacks.If the defense gets the ball back; it has toplay it in the feet of one of the player ofthe waiting team.
Instructions:
- asking the ball carrier to challenge thedefense- asking other players to spread out tocreate space
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 27 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4016
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
3 vs 2 attacking:
Groups of 6 players. 35x20 yard field pergroup (see diagram).The Red team (3 players) attacks the Blueteam (2 players and 1 keeper).When the play is over: the Red team goesback to defense (2 players and 1 keeper);the Blue team attacks (3 players).
Instruction:
- no counter-attack (if a defender gets theball back, he has to pass it back to hiskeeper, giving time to the opponent to goback in defense
12 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 27 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
13 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 28 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1035 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2015 / Coordination 10 min
Tactical : 4006 / Getting open4010 / Getting open
15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 15
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
14 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 28 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1035
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game:
35x20 yard field with goals (2 yards orbigger depending on the age of group)placed inside the goaline (players canplay behind the goals). Players can scorein both of the goals.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 28 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2015
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Agility
Vivacity
Fake
Equipment: pennies (1 color).
Agility and vivacity:
Have groups of 2 players.Each player has a pennie placed on theback (half in the short).Duel: trying to take opponent's penniewhile keeping one's own pennie. Onepoint scored each time a player takes thepinnie.1 minute games. Changing opponentregularly.
Variation:
- no pennie: to score, touching one of theopponent's feet
15 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 28 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4006
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (3colors).
8 vs 4 game:
Making 3 teams of 4 players. 25x25square yard field.4 vs 4 inside the field.The team that has the ball tries to keeppossession of it with the help of theoutside players who always play with theteam who has the ball.Changing middle teams every 3 minutes.
Variations:
- outside players are limited to 2 touchesthen 1 touch- outside players cannot pass to eachother- only passes between inside playerscount as a point
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 28 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4010
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
6 vs 4 keep away:
20x20 square yard field split in 4 squares.6 players (4 outside and 2 inside the field)try to keep possession of the ball against4 defenders (inside the field).Each defender has to stay in their square.Have 5 teams of 2 players. Changingroles of players every 2 minutes.
Variations:
- 1 point per pass made to the midfielder- 1 point per 1-2 made betweenmidfielders
16 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 28 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
17 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 29 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1017 / Tactical game 15 min
Physical : 2006 / Speed 10 min
Tactical : 4019 / Getting open4014 / Getting open
15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 15
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
18 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 29 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1017
Tactical game 15 min
Tactical game
Passing
Getting open
Equipment: balls, cones.
Keep-away 4 vs 2:
12x12 yard field. Four players are outsideof the field and try to keep possession ofthe ball. Two defenders are inside thefield and try to intercept the ball.The player who loses the ball becomesdefender.
Variations:
- free play- 2 touches maximum
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 29 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2006
Speed 10 min
Speed
Reaction speed
Running speed
Equipment: cones.
Elimination race:
All the players are inside of a 6-yarddiameter circle.Cones are 10 yards away around thecircle. There are 2 cones more than thereare players.At the sonorous signal, players run up to acone and stop at the cone.The 2 players who are not at a cone areeliminated.Start again taking away 2 more cones,etc. The players remaining at the end win.Do several rounds.
Variations:
- players jog in the circle- players move on all four in the circle- players crawl in the circle
19 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 29 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4019
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (4colors).
9 vs 3 keep away:
35x25 yard field. 4 teams of 3 players.Three teams try to keep possession of theball against one team that tries to get itback. AThe team losing the ball becomes thedefending team.diagram: Red, Green and Yellow playtogether against White.
Instructions:
- looking for safety- playing the ball where there are lessopponents- looking for and creating space
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 29 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4014
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Gates game:
35x25 yard field with five 2 yard gatesspread out all over the field.4 vs 4 game. To score, a player has tomake a pass to a teammate through oneof the 5 gates.
Variations:
- players are not allowed to score twice ina row on the same gate- adding or taking off a gate
20 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 29 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
21 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 30 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1031 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2011 / Speed 10 min
Tactical : 4021 / Getting open4020 / Getting open
15 min15 min
Match : 5032 / Getting open 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 15
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
22 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 30 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1031
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game:
25x25 square yard field with 4 goals (2yards or bigger depending on the agegroup).Both teams can score on all the goals.Each team attacks and defends 4 goals.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- substitute throw-ins with corner-kicks
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 30 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2011
Speed 10 min
Speed
running speed
Gestural speed
Equipment: balls, cones.
Sprint and shot:
2 goals are 26 yards away from eachother. Have 2 teams.A passes the ball through a small goal (2yards) then sprints to get it back andshoot in the opposite goal.B does the same at the other side.One point for the player whom's ball getsin the goal first. After the shot, A goesbehind blues and B behind reds.
Variations:
- shooting right foot- shooting left foot
23 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 30 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4021
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
3 vs 3 directed stop-ball:
Teams of 3 players. 20x25 yard fieldswider than longer with areas at 2extremities.3 vs 3 game. To score, stop the ball in theopposite area.Asking players to constantly help andoffer solutions to the ball carrier.Changing opponent every 3 minutes ifthere are several fields.
Variations:
- free play- players are limited to 2 touches
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 30 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Tactical 4020
Getting open 15 min
Getting open
Focus on helping the ball carrier:
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play: neither too farnor too close to the ball carrier
- Giving/creating oneself free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
3 vs 3 directed game:
30x20 yard fields with small goals (2-3yards).3 vs 3 game.Asking players to constantly help andoffer solutions to the ball carrier.
Instructions:
- free play- stopping the game to explain anddemonstrate if necessary
24 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 30 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : Creating space
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5032
Getting open 20 min
Getting open
Focusing on helping the ball carrier :
- Moving to be sure there is no risk ofinterception (no opponent between "you"and the ball carrier)
- Being at distance of play : neither too farnor too close the ball carrier
- Given/creating free space
- Creating space for the ball carrier oranother teammate
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.Trying to get open.
25 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 31 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1029 / Small sided games 15 min
Physical : 2007 / Speed 10 min
Technical : 3088 / One touch play3089 / One touch play3105 / One touch play
10 min10 min20 min
Match : 5018 / One touch play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 25
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
26 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 31 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1029
Small sided games 15 min
Small sided games
- few players
- small field
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
4 vs 4 game:
35x20 yard field with goals (2 yards orbigger depending on the age group) andno keeper.4 vs 4 game; 3 minutes per game.Changing opponent if there are severalfields.
Instructions:
- free play- no throw-ins : players must pass in toplay
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 31 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2007
Speed 10 min
Speed
Vivacity
Speed agility
Speed
Equipment: balls, cones, pennies (2colors).
Duel for the ball:
Have 2 teams of players. 5 yards spacesbetween cones.At the sonorous signal, players sprinttouching each cone of the slalom withtheir hand: the first player who arrivesshoots the ball.1 point given to the team per shot and 1bonus point per goal scored.
Variations:
- start standing up- start sitting down- start laying down
27 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 31 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3088
One touch play 10 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls.
One touch passing :
Groups of 2 players. One ball per group.Face to face : passing using one touchonly. Using right and left foot.
Instructions :
- 7-8 yards space between players- being on one's toes- attacking the ball- keeping the ball on the ground
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 31 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3089
One touch play 10 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls.
One touch passing :
Groups of 3 players. One ball per group.Triangle : passing the ball to each otherusing only one touch (no control).
Instructions :
- 7-8 yards space between players- being on one's toes- attacking the ball- keeping the ball on the ground
28 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 31 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3105
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
First time shot
Focusing on the quality of the shot payingattention to the body position.
Equipment : balls, cones.
One touch shooting :
A passes to B ; B attacks the ball andshoots (First time shot).
Variations :
Variation 1 : ball coming from the left +shot right foot (see diagram)Variation 2 : ball coming from the right +shot left foot
Coaching points :
- attacking the ball- paying attention to the body position
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 31 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5018
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.One touch play to win time and acceleratethe pace of the play when the situationasks for it.
29 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 08/08/2007
Session 32 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Training session plan
Warm-up : 1013 / Technical exercise 15 min
Physical : 2014 / Coordination 10 min
Technical : 3088 / One touch play3091 / One touch play3113 / One touch play
10 min10 min20 min
Match : 5018 / One touch play 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 25
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball Determine a playeror an area
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone Flag
Bar Running Dribbling Pass or shot First touch
Juggling Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
30 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 32 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Warm-up 1013
Technical exercise 15 min
Technical exercise
Dribbling the ball
Pass
One touch, pass back
Equipment: balls, cones.
One touch, pass back:
Players evolve in a 20x20 square yardfield.Half of the players have a ball.Players with a ball dribble and pass toplayers without a ball who pass back tothem with one touch to their feet.Changing roles regularly.
Instructions:
- accurate and well directed passes- players without ball jog- composure in one touch passes back
Variations:
- passing and passing back with the lessstronger foot
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 32 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Physical 2014
Coordination 10 min
Coordination
Running techniques
Agility
Jumps
Lateralization
Equipment : none.
Running techniques :
Two or three lines of players one behindanother.The trainer runs with the players andgives the instructions alternating runningtechniques.
Running techniques :
- high knees ; heel-butt touches-shuffle (Forward; backward)-criss-cross (Forward; backward)- running backward, forward, andbackward, etc.- hopping on right and left feet (forward;backward)-roll-over ; flexion ; extension- etc.
31 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 32 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3088
One touch play 10 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls.
One touch passing :
Groups of 2 players. One ball per group.Face to face : passing using one touchonly. Using right and left foot.
Instructions :
- 7-8 yards space between players- being on one's toes- attacking the ball- keeping the ball on the ground
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 32 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3091
One touch play 10 min
One touch play
One touch pass
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on theadvantages of the 1 touch play :
- winning time
- beating the opponent
- accelerating the play
Equipment : balls.
One touch give-and-go :
Groups of 4 players. One ball per group.One touch give-and-go : players arelimited to one touch.The player passes the ball and runsbehind the last player of the opposite line.
Instructions :
- keeping the ball on the ground- using right and left foot
32 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 32 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Technical 3113
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
First time shot
Focusing on the quality of the passes(weight + accuracy) and on the quality ofthe shots.
Equipment : balls, cones, sticks.
One touch passing and shooting :
A passes to B ; B makes a one touch leadpass to A ; A goes around the cone andtakes a First time shot at the goal.
Variations :
Variation 1 : ball coming from the left +shot right foot ( see diagram)Variation 2 : ball coming from the right +shot left foot
Training session
Date : 08/08/2007
Session 32 of a program composed of 56 sessions
Theme of the session : One touch play
Session plan : Free plan
Name of your team : Giffnock Soccer Centre
Age category : U15
Match 5018
One touch play 20 min
One touch play
One touch pass
First time shot
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
8 vs 8 game :
7 players + 1 keeper per team.One touch play to win time and acceleratethe pace of the play when the situationasks for it.
33 / 33http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 19/03/2007
Theme of the session : Heading technique Name of your team :
Session plan : Free plan Age category : U18
Training session plan
Technical : 3119 / Heading3121 / Heading3124 / Heading3122 / Heading3125 / Heading
10 min15 min15 min15 min20 min
Match : 5027 / Crossing and finishing 20 min
Effective length of the session : 1 hour 35
Comments :
Legend
Player Keeper Coach Ball
Small goal Big goal Yellow cone Red cone
Determine a playeror an area
Flag Bar Running
Dribbling Pass or shot First touch Juggling
Air ball Cut / Fake /Pullback
Slide tackle Step left foot / rightfoot
1 / 3http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 19/03/2007
Theme of the session : Heading technique Name of your team :
Session plan : Free plan Age category : U18
Technical 3119
Heading 10 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head.
Header
Equipment : balls.
/3 players headers :
Groups of 3 players. One ball per group.Triangle : juggling with the head (onetouch pass).Counting number of headers madewithout the ball touching the ground :the group making the most wins.
Instructions :
- being on one's toes
Training sessionDate : 19/03/2007
Theme of the session : Heading technique Name of your team :
Session plan : Free plan Age category : U18
Technical 3121
Heading 15 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head.
Focusing on heading the ball correctly.
Equipment : balls.
Headers :
Groups of 3 players. One ball per group.B is behind C. A throws the ball over C.B jumps and goes to hit the ball with aheader just over C.C is a passive defender.Changing roles after few repetitions.
Instruction :
- having a good jump to make a goodheader (good timing)
Training sessionDate : 19/03/2007
Theme of the session : Heading technique Name of your team :
Session plan : Free plan Age category : U18
Technical 3124
Heading 15 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head. Shooting withthe head.
Focusing on heading the ball correctly,on the form 'prepare and strike'
Equipment : balls, cones.
1 vs 1 heading game :
8x6 yard field with 4 yards goals.Going up/going down game : 1 min. 30sec. game, the winner goes up, theloser goes down.The player throws the ball to hisopponent who tries to score with aheader.One point given to the opponent per badthrow in purpose.
Going up/going down game rules :
- winners go up (toward field 1) andlosers go down (toward field 4)- field 1 winner and field 4 loser don'tchange field
Training sessionDate : 19/03/2007
Theme of the session : Heading technique Name of your team :
Session plan : Free plan Age category : U18
Technical 3122
Heading 15 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head. Passing withthe head.
Focusing on heading the ball correctly,on the form 'prepare and strike'
Equipment : balls, cones.
Passing and shoting with the head :
Groups of 3 players. A 8x8 yard fieldwith 2 (about 4 yards) goals per group.A throws the ball to B ; B makes a leadpass to A with a header ; A tries toscore on C with a header.Then C throws the ball to B who makesa lead pass to C with a header ; C triesto score on A with a header.Changing roles regularly.
2 / 3http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Training sessionDate : 19/03/2007
Theme of the session : Heading technique Name of your team :
Session plan : Free plan Age category : U18
Technical 3125
Heading 20 min
Heading
Hitting the ball with head. Passing andshooting with the head.
Focusing on heading the ball correctly,on the form 'prepare and strike'
Equipment : balls, cones, pinnies (2colors).
3 vs 3 heading game :
15x15 yard field with goals.Two teams play against each other : 3players + 1 keeper per team.
Instructions :
- passing the ball with the head- scoring with a header- when the ball falls, picking up the ballwith the hands and passing it with thehead
Training sessionDate : 19/03/2007
Theme of the session : Heading technique Name of your team :
Session plan : Free plan Age category : U18
Match 5027
Crossing and finishing 20 min
Crossing and finishing
Cross
Long pass
Volleying
Heading
Finishing
Equipment : balls, pinnies (2 colors).
10 vs 10 game :
9 players + 1 keeper per team.Good crosses.Looking for effectiveness in front of thegoal when receiving a cross.
3 / 3http://www.soccer-trainer.com
Pre warm up phase(before session)
Rondas – squares
(players set up themselves before session)
Into combination Rondas
Activation phase – switch on. (5 mins)
Hoopla game (handball, 4 v 4 games)
Football Movement SyllabusSample of exercises from areas as shown.
Done for 30 mins at start of each session at FFC,
on a theme). (try and make them competitive).
3 plane movements
Jump, knee across and land.
jump and land and twist.
Jump and kick back.
step Lunge and twist.
Football Movement Syllabus – Warm up.
Speed Exercises
180 degree tag and turns.
Quick passes x 5 or more, feint through legs and
catch!
Hop cross & sprint with a quick stop!
Strength exercises
Pushes and pulls:
Wrist pull over line on one leg.
Shoulder to shoulder, side on to push over line.
Agility
Jump challenges:
Left to left, right to right
Opposite foot
Standing broad jump
Triple jump.
Dynamic balance exercises
Jump and bounce ball and head to partner
Hop and hold, play ball to partner
Activation phase – switch on. (2 mins)
2 v 1 random practice with chaos
Activation phase again
Aims & Objectives – Ball work - Technical
(Limited time on this!)
Set up
Ball each. (Gks in as well)
Random practice.
StartBall cuts across body
Head up, eyes up in random space
Show and practice 2 moves
Step take
Touch hop take
ProgressionInto passive defender early to ensure head up and break into
space across grid.
(Practices Defending steps as well)
Set the moves as home practice!
Learn
Practice
Experiment
Compete
Aims & Objectives – 1 v 1 into 2 v 1 / 2 v 2 ( 3 pitches working)
Set-up
1 GK. 1 server. 1 defender. 1 attacker
Start
Server to attacker
Coaching Points
Attacker checks to create space.
Receive ½ turn?
Head and eyes up!
Bounce back if want to.
Open body.
Shift def with sideways movement
1 shift to shoot!
Progression
Work on Both sides receive.
Work on Central pinned up and option to bounce back.
Into 2 v 1
Enables attacking decision.
Wall passes, combination play, creativity
GK
Learn
Practice
Experiment
Compete
Aims & Objectives – 4 v 4 game with GKs.
Set-up
2 GKS plus 3 v 3
Start
Free play
Progressions
2 players in 1 zone and 1 to support in another zone.
(Encourages depth)
3 touch condition.
(Encourages receiving shape.)
Coaching points
Look before receive
Body shape to receive
Touch
DecisionLearn
Practice
Experiment
Compete
Playing in 1/3rdsGK
GK
Set up
4 v 4 with no GKs
Start
Free play
Progressions
3 touch maximum
3 players cant be in same zone
Coaching points
Look before receive
Body shape to receive
Touch
Decisions from 2 v 1 practice!
When to Keep ball?
When to attack?
When to Switch play?
Aims & Objectives – 4 v 4 game with no GKs.
Score in corners
Learn
Practice
Experiment
Compete
Set up
3v3 with GK and Server.
Start
Server into Reds to attack.
5 attacks each.
Defenders aim is to get ball to server.
Rotate Attackers and Defenders after 5
attacks.
Coaching pointsNow playing marked up.
Create space to receive?
Look before receive
Body shape to receive
1st Touch
Bounce back?
Decisions?
When to Keep ball?
When to attack?
When to Switch play?
Counter attack - get ball back to server?
Learn
Practice
Experiment
Compete
GK
S
Aims & Objectives – 3 v 3 game – 1 direction
Soccer Drills Low Intensity Aerobic Agility Circuit
Site:Soccer Drills & Football Drills - Professional Soccer Coaching -http://www.professionalsoccercoaching.com
Title:Low Intensity Aerobic Agility Circuit - Created: 28 January 2010
Low Intensity Aerobic Agility CircuitDrill Objective(s)soccer fitness and conditioning 1) Develop Aerobic Capacity 2) Develop Agility and Quickness.. * Drill No: Ae2 * Age: 12-Adult soccer warm ups and warm up * No Players: 1+ * Difficulty: Easy * Area/Time: Full Pitch (10mins = 1 set)Diagram 1
ORGANISATION:Mark out a full standard soccer pitch as shown in the diagram. Players are staggered around the field at different points to avoid trafficat any one point of the circuit. This activity can also double as a warm-up.INSTRUCTIONS:Players perfom 1 lap of casual low intensity jogging in preparation for the activity. Players then perform 3 laps of the circuit in an anticlockwise direction. If a limited number of players they can all start from the same point (i.e. top right hand corner of the field, labelled'start'). Should take players approx 7-8 mins. For the dynamic stretch sections the players perfom the following activities:Lap 1 =Fast feet Activity (A) = 2 feet contact through the cones (training bars) in each section (i.e. left and right).Dynamic Stetch (B) = Walking LungesLap 2 = Fast feet Activity (A) = Side shuffle (2 feet contact in each section) through the cones (training bars) in each section (i.e. left and right).Dynamic Stetch (B) = High knees (Also known as knee raises)Lap 3 = Fast feet Activity (A) = 1 feet contact through the cones (training bars) in each section.Dynamic Stetch (B) = Butt Kickers (i.e. heels clip butt on each step)Break to perfom static stretches.Perform another 3 laps with the same activities.
Page 1 of 2 - Print date: 8 February 2011http://www.professionalsoccercoaching.com
Soccer Drills Low Intensity Aerobic Agility Circuit
Site:Soccer Drills & Football Drills - Professional Soccer Coaching -http://www.professionalsoccercoaching.com
Title:Low Intensity Aerobic Agility Circuit - Created: 28 January 2010
SCORING:None.KEY COACHING POINTS: 1) Good technique on the dynamic stretches and also the fast feet activities. Monitor both hand/arm and feet movement.
PROGRESSIONS: 1) Reduce the rest period to 2 minutes to increase the intensity of the activity. 2) Increase the target times to longer to make easier. 3) Decrease target times to shorter to make harder. 4) Increase the reps to make harder.
VARIATIONS: 1) Modify the circuit and change the jogging sections into cruise (75% maximal effort) to increase the aerobic nature of this activity.
NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS:Make sure the players are being pushed. At the same time not overworked.The soccer graphics have been made with Easy Sports-Graphics (www.sports-graphics.com)
Page 2 of 2 - Print date: 8 February 2011http://www.professionalsoccercoaching.com
Soccer Drills Agility/Plyometric Circuit 1
Site:Soccer Drills & Football Drills - Professional Soccer Coaching -http://www.professionalsoccercoaching.com
Title:Agility/Plyometric Circuit 1 - Created: 30 May 2010
Agility/Plyometric Circuit 1Drill Objective(s) 1) Develop agility. 2) Develop explosive speed and quickness. * Drill No: AG2 * Age: 10-Adult * No Players: 1+ * Difficulty: Easy * Area/Time: 1/4 Field (15-20mins)Diagram 1
ORGANISATION:Arrange the cones/ladders and hurdles as shown above. INSTRUCTIONS:Players start in the top left corner of the circuit. The players then perform the 4 activites jogging or walking inbetween each activity. Perfom 3 circuits and then rest for 2-3 mins. Perform 4 sets. * 2 footed forward jumps through the first ladder. * Hops (Left footed on the first circuit/right on the second) * 2 footed lateral hops. (i.e. sideways jumps followed by forward jumps) * Turn and jumps backwards through the ladder
SCORING: * None.KEY COACHING POINTS: 1) Focus on good jumping technique and mechanics. 2) Reactions when using the variations below. 3) Balance and low centre of gravity. 4) Quickness of feet in the ladders.
Page 1 of 2 - Print date: 8 February 2011http://www.professionalsoccercoaching.com
Soccer Drills Agility/Plyometric Circuit 1
Site:Soccer Drills & Football Drills - Professional Soccer Coaching -http://www.professionalsoccercoaching.com
Title:Agility/Plyometric Circuit 1 - Created: 30 May 2010
PROGRESSIONS: 1) Vary the activities: * 2 footed jumps forward, one back sequence in the ladder. * lateral jumps in the ladders. * Hopscotch through the ladders. * Single leg hops over hurdles.VARIATIONS: 1) Have players positioned by each activity as feeders with balls in their hands. These players can feed a ball to the players going
through the circuits at random points. i.e. player steps out of the activity when the ball is feed and volleys/heads/chest the ballback to feeder and then continues round the circuit.
2) Have players positioned by each activity as feeders with balls in their hands. These players can feed a ball to the players goingthrough the circuit on the coachs command.
NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS:Above all observe technique. Bad technique can cause injuries. Players should not be out of breathe during these agility andplyometric activities.The soccer graphics have been made with Easy Sports-Graphics (www.sports-graphics.com)
Page 2 of 2 - Print date: 8 February 2011http://www.professionalsoccercoaching.com
Soccer Drills Reaction and Agility Catch
Site:Soccer Drills & Football Drills - Professional Soccer Coaching -http://www.professionalsoccercoaching.com
Title:Reaction and Agility Catch - Created: 14 December 2008
Reaction and Agility CatchDrill Objective(s) 1) Develop a players anaerobic capacity. 2) Develop a players agility. 3) Develop explosive reactions. * Drill No: AG1 * Age: 10-Adult * No Players: 5+ * Difficulty: Medium * Area/Time: 30x20yrds (15mins)Diagram 1
ORGANISATION:Mark out a pitch of 30x15yrds, 2 gate goals are placed 30yrds apart, this distance can be increased to create a more anaerobic workout. Players line up and exercise one at a time. INSTRUCTIONS:A server (Coach) is infront of a group of players approximately 15yrds away. 5-6 players is needed to give adequate rest in betweenbouts. 1) The server passes to A1. 2) A1 returns the pass to the server. 3) The server then plays the ball at pace through either gateway. 4) A1 sprints and attempts to prevent the ball from going through the gate goal.SCORING:Teams score by blocking the balls from the gates.KEY COACHING POINTS: 1) Encourage players to be on their toes and bouncing ready to react. 2) Good firm passing technique. 3) Slide to block shots on the gate goals. 4) Mental Alertness.
Page 1 of 2 - Print date: 8 February 2011http://www.professionalsoccercoaching.com
Soccer Drills Reaction and Agility Catch
Site:Soccer Drills & Football Drills - Professional Soccer Coaching -http://www.professionalsoccercoaching.com
Title:Reaction and Agility Catch - Created: 14 December 2008
PROGRESSIONS: 1) 2 players can enter to defend. 2) Server can fake to play one way and then shoot at the opposite gate.
VARIATIONS: 1) None.
NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS:Encourage players to be on their toes and ready to react at all times.The soccer graphics have been made with Easy Sports-Graphics (www.sports-graphics.com)
Page 2 of 2 - Print date: 8 February 2011http://www.professionalsoccercoaching.com